ПМАС (superficial muscular aponeurotic system) — поверхностная мышечная апоневротическая система
ПМК — поли-L-молочная кислота
ПММА — полиметилметакрилат
ПпIХ — протопорфирин IX
ПУК — пневматическое уплощение кожи
ПФЛ — плоский фолликулярный лишай
ПФС — пястно-фаланговые суставы
РД — раствор Джесснера
РИФ — прямая иммунофлуоресценция
РТО — реципиенты трансплантатов органов
РЧ — радиочастотные
СК — салициловая кислота
СЦРА — срединная центробежная рубцовая алопеция
СШВ — синдром Штурге-Вебера
ТФЕ — трансплантация фолликулярной единицы
ТФСН — тетрафенилсульфат натрия
ТХК — трихлоруксусная кислота
ТЭПВ — трансэпидермальная потеря воды
УЗ — ультразвук
УЗИ — ультразвуковое исследование
УФ — ультрафиолет
ФДТ — фотодинамическая терапия
ФРСТ — фактор роста соединительной ткани
ФФ — фракционный фототермолиз
ЦК — цветная кожа
ЦНС — центральная нервная система
ЧПД — черный папулезный дерматоз
ЭЛОС — электрооптическая синергия
ЭНМ — эпидермальный некротический мусор
ЭФЕ — экстракция фолликулярной единицы
ЭЭГ — электроэнцефалография
AFAs — аминофруктовые кислоты
AHA — альфа-гидроксикислота
В ходе подготовки статей по клинической косметологии для пользователей сайта МедУнивер использованы труды следующих авторов:
Rajan Р., Grimes Р.Е. Skin barrier changes induced by aluminum oxide and sodium chloride microdermabrasion 11 Dermatol. Surg. 2002. Vol. 28. P. 390-393.
Shim E.K., Barnette D., Hughes K., Greenway H.T. Microdermabrasion: a clinical and histopathologic study // Dermatol. Surg. 2001. Vol. 27. P. 524-530.
Patel N.S., Paghdal K.V., Cohen G.E Advanced treatment modalities for vitiligo 11 Dermatol. Surg. 2012. Vol. 38. P. 381-391.
Garg T, Chander R., Jain A. Combination of microdermabrasion and 5-fluorouracil to induce repigmentation in vitiligo: an observational study 11 Dermatol. Surg. 2011. Vol. 37. P. 1763-1766.
Lee S.J., Chung W.S., Kim J., Cho S.B. Combination of 595-nm pulsed dye laser, long-pulsed 755-nm alexandrite laser and microdermabrasion treatment for keratosis pilaris // J. Dermatol. 2012. Vol. 39. P. 479-480.
Lim J.T. Microdermabrasion. In: Grimes P.E., ed. Aesthetic and Cosmetic Surgery for Darker Skin Types. Philadelphia, PA: Lippincott Williams & Wilkins, 2008. P. 147-153.
Roberts W.E. Chemical peeling in ethnic/dark skin 11 Dermatol. Ther. 2004. N 17. P. 196-205.
Van Scott E.J., Yu R.J. Hyperkeratinization, corneocyte cohesion, and alpha hydroxyl acids // J. Am. Acad. Dermatol. 1984. N 11. P. 867-879.
Tung R.C., Bergfeld W.F., Vidimos A.T., Remzi B.K. Hydroxy acidbased cosmetic procedures: guidelines for patient management // Am. J. Clin. Dermatol. 2000. N 1. P. 1-88.
Grimes P.E. The safety and efficacy of salicylic acid chemical peels in darker racial-ethnic groups 11 Dermatol. Surg. 1999. i 25. P. 18-22.
Grimes P.E., Arora S., Minus H.R., Kenney J.A. Jr. Dermatosis papulosa nigra // Cutis. 1983. Vol. 32. N 4. P. 385-386.
Kauh Y.C., McDonald J.W, Rapaporty J.A. et al. A surgical approach for dermatosis papulose nigra // Int J. Deramtol. 1983. N 22. P. 590-592.
Schweiger E.S., Kwasniak L., Aires D.J. Treatment of dermatosis papulosa nigra with q 1064 nm Nd:YAG laser: report of two cases 11 J. Cosmet. Laser Ther. 2008. N 10. P. 120-122.
Kundu R.V., Joshi S.S., Suh K.Y. et al. Comparison of elec-trodessication and potassium-titanyl-phosphate laser for treatment of dermatosis papulosa nigra 11 Dermatol. Surg. 2009.Vol. 35. P. 1079-1083.
Katz T.M., Goldberg L.H., Friedman P.M. Dermatosis papulose nigra treatment with fractional photothermolysis // Dermatol. Surg. 2009. Vol. 35. P. 1840-1843.
Carter E.L., Coppola C.A., Barsanti F.A. A randomized, doul-bleblind comparison of two topical anesthetic formulations prior to electrodessication of dermotesis papulos nigra // Dermatol. Surg. 2006. Vol. 32. P. 1-6.
Taylor S.C., Averyhart A.N., Heath C.R. Postprocedural woundhealing efficacy following removal of dermatosis papulose nigra lesions in an African American population: a comparison of a skin protectant ointment and a topical antibiotic // J. Am. Acad. Dermatol. 2011. N 64 (suppl. 3). P. S30-S35.
Callender V.D., Narukar V.A., Davis E.C. Cosmetic Treatment. In: Taylor S.C., Badreshia-Bansals S., Callender V.D., Gathers R.C., Rodriguez D.A., eds. Treatments for Skin of Color. New York, NY: Elsevier Saunders, 2011. P. 309-347.
Fitzpatrick R.E, Goldman M.P., Ruiz-Esparza J. Laser treatment of benign pigmented epidermal lesions using a 300 nsecond pulse and 510 nm wavelength // J. Dermatol. Surg. Oncol. 1993. N 19. P. 341-347.
Grekin R.C., Shelton R.M., Geisse J.K., Frieden I. 510-nm pigmented lesion dye laser: its Characteristics and clinical uses // J. Dermatol. Surg. Oncol. 1993. N 19. P. 380-387.
Goldberg D.J. Benign pigmented lesions of the skin: treatment with the Q-switched ruby laser 11 J. Dermatol. Surg. Oncol. 1993. N 19. P. 376-379.
Taylor C.R., Anderson R.R. Ineffective treatment of refractory melasma and postinflammatory hyperpigmentation by Q-switched ruby laser 11 J. Dermatol. Surg. Oncol. 1994. N 20. P. 592-597.
Manaloto R.M., Alster T. Erbium: YAG laser resurfacing for refractory melasma 11 Dermatol. Surg. 1999. Vol. 25. P. 121-123.
Katz T.M., Glaich A.S., Goldberg L.H. et al. Treatment of melasma using fractional thermolysis: a report of eight causes with long-term follow-up // Dermatol. Surg. 2010. Vol. 36. P. 1273-1280.
Fisher G.H., Geronemus R.G. Short-term side effects of fractional photothermolysis 11 Dermatol. Surg. 2005. Vol. 31. P. 1245-1249; discussion 1249.
Manstein D., Herron G.S., Sink R.K., Tanner H., Anderson R.R. Fractional photothermolysis: a new concept for cutaneous remodeling using microscopic patterns of thermal injury // Lasers Surg. Med. 2004. Vol. 34. P. 426-438.
Narurkar V.A. Non-ablative fractional resurfacing for total body rejuvenation 11 J. Drugs Dermatol. 2008. N 7. P. 352-355.
Rokhsar C„ Fitzpatrick R.E. The treatment of melasma with fractional photothermolysis: a pilot study // Dermatol. Surg. 2005. Vol. 31. P. 1645-1650.
Ke M.S., Soriano T. Laser therapies for disorders of hyperpigmentation. In: Grimes P.E., ed. Aesthetics and Cosmetic Surgery for Darker Skin Types. Philadelphia, PA: Lippincott Williams and Wilkins, 2008. P. 117-124.
Tanzi E.L., Alster T.S. Long-pulsed 1064-nm Nd:YAG laseras-sisted hair removal in all skin types // Dermatol. Surg. 2004. Vol. 30. P. 13-17.
Nelson J.S., Majaron B„ Kelly K.M. Active skin cooling in conjunction with laser dermatologic surgery 11 Semin Cutan Med. Surg. 2000. N 19. P. 253-266.
Nanda S., Bansal S. Long pulsed Nd:YAG laser with inbuilt cool sapphire tip for long term hair reduction on type IV and V skin: a prospective analysis of 200 patients // Indian J. Dermatol. Venereol. Leprol. 2010. N 76. P. 677-681.
Alhowaish A.K., Dietrich N., Onder M., Fritz K. Effectiveness of a 308-nm excimer laser in treatment of vitiligo: a review 11 Lasers Med. Sci. 2013.Vol. 28. N 3. P. 1035-1041.
Hossani-Madani A.R., Halder R.M. Topical treatment and combination approaches for vitiligo: new insights, new developments 11G. Ital. Dermatol. Venereol. 2010. N 145. P. 57-78.
Alster T.S., Handrick C. Laser treatment of hypertrophic scars, keloids, and striae. Semin Cutan Med. Surg. 2000. N 19. P. 287-292.
Bouzari N.. Davis S.C., Nouri K. Laser treatment of keloids and hypertrophic scars // Int. J. Dermatol. 2007. N 46. P. 80-88.
Scrimali L., Lomeo G., Tamburino S., Catalani A., Perrotta R. Laser CO2 versus radiotherapy in treatment of keloid scars // J. Cosmet. Laser Ther. 2012. N 14. P. 94-97.
Manuskiatti W., Fitzpatrick R.E. Treatment response of keloidal and hypertrophic sternotomy scars: comparison among intralesional corticosteroid, 5-FU (5-fluorouracil) and 585 flashlamp-pumped pulsed dye laser treatments 11 Arch Dermatol. 2002. N 138. P. 1149-1155.
Frazier C.C., Camacho A.P., Cockerell CJ. The treatment of eruptive syringomas in an African American patient with a combination of trichloroacetic acid and CO2 laser destruction // Dermatol. Surg. 2001. Vol. 27. P. 489-492.
Krueger N., Sadick N.S. New generation radiofrequency technology 11 Cutis. 2013. N 91. P. 39-46.
Woolery-Lloyd H., Kammer J.N. Skin tightening // Curr. Probl. Dermatol. 2011. N 42. P. 147-152.
Chua S., Ang R, Khoo L„ Goh C.L. Nonablative infrared skin tightening in type IV and V Asian skin: a prospective clinical study// Dermatol. Surg. 2007. Vol. 33. P. 146-151.
Mahmoud B.H., Srivastava D., Janiga J.J., Yang J.J., Lim H.W., Ozog D.M. Safety and efficacy of erbium-doped yttrium aluminum garnet fractionated laser for treatment of acne scars in type IV to VI skin // Dermatol. Surg. 2010. Vol. 36. P. 602-609.
Kaidbey K.H., Agin P.P., Sayre R.M., Kligman A.M. Photoprotection by melanin-a comparison of black and Caucasian skin 11 J. Am Acad. Dermatol. 1979. N 1. P. 249-260.
Harris M.O. The aging face in patients of color: minimally invasive surgical facial rejuvenation-a targeted approach 11 Dermatol. Ther. 2004. N 17. P. 206-211.
2012 ASAPS Statistics. Complete charts. American Society for Aesthetic Plastic Surgery [online]. http://www.plasticsurgery. org/Media/Statistics.html // Accessed July 24, 2014.
Callender V.D., Davis E.C. Aesthetic dermatology for aging ethnic skin 11 Dermatol. Surg. 2011. Vol. 37, N 7. P. 901-917.
Grimes P.E., Shabazz D. A four-month randomized, doubleblind evaluation of the efficacy of botulinum toxin type A for the treatment of glabellar lines in women with skin types V and VI11 Dermatol. Surg. 2009. Vol. 35. P. 429-436.
Kane M.A., Brandt E, Rohrich R.J. et al. Reloxin Investigational Group. Evaluation of variable-dose treatment with a new U.S. Botulinum Toxin Type A (Dysport) for correction of moderate to severe glabellar lines: results from a phase III, randomized, double-blind, placebo-controlled study // Plast. Reconstr. Surg. 2009. N 124. P. 1619-1629.
Brandt E, Swanson N., Baumann L., Huber B. Randomized, placebo-controlled study of a new botulinum toxin type A for treatment of glabellar lines: efficacy and safety 11 Dermatol. Surg. 2009. Vol. 35. P. 1893-1901.
Taylor S.C., Callender VD., Albright C.D., Coleman J., Axford-Gatley R.A., Lin X. AbobotulinumtoxinA for reduction of glabellar lines in patients with skin of color: post hoc analysis of pooled clinical trial data 11 Dermatol Surg. 2012. Vol. 38. P. 1804-1811.
Grimes P.E., Thomas J.A., Murphy D.K. Safety and effectiveness of hyaluronic acid fillers in skin of color // J. Cosmet Dermatol. 2009. Vol. 8. P. 162-168.
Taylor S.C., Burgess C.M., Callender V.D. Safety of nonanimal stabilized hyaluronic acid dermal fillers in patients with skin of color: a randomized, evaluator-blinded comparative trial // Dermatol Surg. 2009. Vol. 35. P. 1653-1660.
Marmur E.S., Taylor S.C., Grimes P.E., Boyd C.M., Porter J.P., Yoo J.Y. Six-month safety results of calcium hydroylapatite for treatment of nasolabial folds in Fitzpatrick skin types IV to VI Dermatol. Surg. 2009. N 35. P. 1641-1645.
Odunze M„ Cohn A., Few J.W. Restylne and people of color // Plast Reconstr Surg. 2007. Vol. 120. P. 2011-2016.
Glogau R., Kane M. Effect of injection techniques on the rate of local adverse events in patients implanted with nonanimal hyaluronic acid gel dermal fillers 11 Dermatol. Surg. 2008. N 34. P. S105-S109.
Callender V.D., McMichael A.J., Cohen G.F. Medical and surgical therapies for alopecias in black women 11 Dermatol. Ther. 2004. N 17. P. 164-176.
Callender V.D. Hair transplantation for pigmented skin. In: Halder R.M., ed. Dermatology and Dermatological Therapy of Pigmented Skins. Boca Raton, FL: Taylor & Francis, 2006. P. 245-257.
Callender V.D., Young C.M. Alopecias and hair restoration in women. In: Grimes P.E., Soriano T., Hexsel D.M., Kim J., eds. Aesthetics and Cosmetic Surgery for Darker Skin Types. Philadelphia, PA: Lippincott Williams & Wilkins, 2008. P. 287-295.
Callender V.D., Davis E.C. Hair transplantation. In: Alexis A.F., Barbosa V.H., eds. Skin of Color. New York, NY: Springer, 2013. P. 351-P. 370.
Sperling L.C. Hair density in African Americans 11 Arch. Dermatol. 1990. N 135. P. 656-658.
Bernstein R.M., Rassman W.R. The aesthetics of follicular transplantation. Dermatol. Surg. 1997. Vol. 23. P. 785-799.
Callender V.D., Davis E.C. Hair transplantation technique: a flexible blade for preparing curly hair grafts 11 Dermatol Surg. 2011. Vol. 37. N 7. P. 1032-1034.
Brown M.C., Johnson T, Swanson N.A. Extensive keloids following hair transplantation 11 J. Dermatol. Surg. Oncol. 1990. Vol. 16. P. 867-869.
Meyer M. Hair restoration in patients of African descent. In: Unger W., Shapiro R., eds. Hair Transplantation, 4th ed. New York, NY: Marcel Decker, 2004. P. 595-602.
Davis E.C., Callender V.D. Postinflammatory hyperpigmentation: a review of the epidemiology, clinical features and treatment options in skin of color // J. Clin. Aesthet. Dermatol. 2010.Vol. 3, Vol. 7. P. 20-31.
Callender V.D., St Surin-Lord S., Davis E.C., Maclin M. Post-inflammatory hyperpigmentation: etiologic and therapeutic considerations // Am J. Clin. Dermatol. 2011. Vol. 12. N 2. P. 87-99.
Szabo G. Pigment cell biology П Mitochondria and Other Cytoplasmic Inclusions I ed. M. Gordon. New York, NY : Academic Press, 1959.
Rosdahl I.K., Szabo G. Thymidine labeling of epidermal melanocytes in UV-irradiated skin // Acta Derm. Venereol. 1976. Vol. 56, N2. P. 159-161.
Alaluf S„ Atkins D„ Barrett K. et al. Ethnic variation in melanin content and composition in photoexposed and photoprotected human skin // Pigment Cell Res. 2002. Vol. 15, N 2. P. 112-118.
Kaidbey K.H., Agin P.P., Sayre R.M., Kligman A. Photoprotection by melanin — a comparison of black and Caucasian skin // J. Am. Dermatol. 1979. Vol. 1. P. 249-260.
Grimes P.E. Skin and hair cosmetic issues in women of color 11 Dermatol. Clin. 2000. Vol. 18, N 4. P. 659-665.
Kotrajaras R., Kligman A.M. The effect of topical tretinoin on photodamaged facial skin: the Thai experience 11 Br. J. Dermatol. 1993. Vol. 129. P. 302-309.
Ho S.G., Chan N.P., Yeung C.K. et al. A retrospective analysis of the management of freckles and lentigines using four different pigment lasers on Asian skin // J. Cosmet. Laser Ther. 2012. Vol. 14, N 2. P. 74-80.
Trafeli J.P., Kwan J.M., Meehan KJ. et al. Use of a long-pulse alexandrite laser in the treatment of superficial pigmented lesions // Dermatol. Surg. 2007. Vol. 33. P. 1477-1482.
Masu S„ Seiji M. Pigmentary incontinence in fixed drug eruptions. Histologic and electron microscopic findings // J. Am. Acad. Dermatol. 1983. Vol. 8. P. 525-532.
Wang C.C., Sue Y.M., Yang C.H., Chen C.K. A comparison of Q-switched alexandrite laser and intense pulsed light for the treatment of freckles and lentigines in Asian persons: a randomized, physician-blinded, split face comparative trial // J. Am. Acad. Dermatol. 2006. Vol. 54, N 5. P. 804-810.
Chan H. The use of lasers and intense pulsed light sources for the treatment of acquired pigmentary lesions in Asians // J. Cosmet. Laser Ther. 2003. Vol. 5, N 3-4. P. 198-200.
Chan H.H., Kono T. Nevus of Ota: clinical aspects and management 11 Skinmed. 2003. Vol. 2, N 2. P. 89-98.
Goldberg D.J., Nychay S.G. Q-switched ruby laser treatment of nevus of Ota // J. Dermatol. Surg. Oncol. 1992. Vol. 18. P. 817-821.
Geronemus R.G. Q-switched ruby laser therapy of nevus of Ota// Arch. Dermatol. 1992. Vol. 128. P. 1618-1622.
Watanabe S., Takahashi H. Treatment of nevus of Ota with the Q-switched ruby laser 11 N. Engl. J. Med. 1994. Vol. 331, N 26. P. 1745-1750.
Kono T„ Nozaki M., Chan H.H., Mikashima Y. A retrospective study looking at the long-term complications of Q-switched ruby laser in the treatment of nevus of Ota 11 Lasers Surg. Med. 2003. Vol. 32, N 2. P. 148-151.
Chan H.H., Ying S.Y., Ho W.S. et al. An in vivo trial comparing the clinical efficacy and complications of Q-switched 755nm alexandrite and Q-switched 1064 nm Nd:YAG lasers in the treatment of nevus of Ota // Dermatol. Surg. 2000. Vol. 26, N 10. P. 919-922.
Chang C.J., Kou C.S. Comparing the effectiveness of Q-switched Ruby laser treatment with that of Q-switched Nd:YAG laser for oculodermal melanosis (Nevus of Ota) 11 J. Plast. Reconstr. Aesthet. Surg. 2011. Vol. 64, N 3. P. 339-345.
Kono T., Chan H.H., Ercocen A.R. et al. Use of Q-switched ruby laser in the treatment of nevus of Ota in different age groups // Lasers Surg. Med. 2003. Vol. 32, N 5. P. 391-395.
Chan H.H., Leung R.S., Ying S.Y. et al. Recurrence of nevus of Ota after successful treatment with Q-switched lasers 11 Arch. Dermatol. 2000. Vol. 136. P. 1175-1176.
Hori Y, Kawashima M., Oohara K., Kukita A. Acquired, bilateral nevus of Ota-like macules 11 J. Am. Acad. Dermatol. 1984. Vol. 10, N 6. P. 961-964.
Kunachak S., Leelaudomlipi P., Sirikulchayanota V. Q-Switched ruby laser therapy of acquired bilateral nevus of Ota-like macules // Dermatol. Surg. 1999. Vol. 25, N 12. P. 938-941.
Kunachak S., Leelaudomlipi P. Q-switched Nd:YAG laser treatment for acquired bilateral nevus of Ota-like maculae: a long-term follow-up 11 Lasers Surg. Med. 2000. Vol. 26, N 4. P. 376-379.
Polnikorn N., Tanrattanakorn S., Goldberg DJ. Treatment of Horis nevus with the Q-switched Nd:YAG laser 11 Dermatol. Surg. 2000. Vol. 26, N 5. P. 477-480.
Lam A.Y., Wong D.S., Lam L.K. et al. A retrospective study on the efficacy and complications of Q-switched alexandrite laser in the treatment of acquired bilateral nevus of Ota-like macules // Dermatol. Surg. 2001. Vol. 27, N 11. P. 937-941; 41-42.
Manuskiatti Q., Sivayathorn A., Leelaudomlipi P., Fitzpatrick R.E. Treatment of acquired bilateral nevus of Ota-like macules (Horis nevus) using a combination of scanned carbon dioxide laser followed by Q-switched ruby laser 11 J. Am. Acad. Dermatol. 2003. Vol. 48, N 4. P. 584-591.
Ее H.L., Goh C.L., Khoo L.S. et al. Treatment of acquired bilateral nevus of Ota-like macules (Horis nevus) with a combination of the 532 nm Q-switched Nd:YAG laser followed by the 1064 nm Q-switched Nd:YAG laser is more effective: prospective stud II Dermatol. Surg. 2006. Vol. 32, N 1. P. 34-40.
Cho S„ Park S.J., Kim M.J., Bu T.S. Treatment of acquired bilateral nevus of Ota-like macules (Hori’s nevus) using 1064-nm Q-switched Nd: YAG laser with low fluence 11 Int. J. Dermatol. 2009. Vol. 48, N 12. P. 1308-1312.
Saedi N., Metelitsa A., Petrell K. et al. Treatment of tattoos with a picoseconds alexandrite laser: a prospective trial 11 Arch. Dermatol. 2012. Vol. 148, N 12. P. 1306-1303.
Kilmer S.L. Laser treatment of tattoos 11 Dermatol. Clin. 1997. Vol. 15, N 3. P. 409-417.
Alster T.S. Q-switched alexandrite (755-nm) laser treatment of professional and amateur tattoos 11 J. Am. Dermatol. 1995. Vol. 33. P. 69-73.
Anderson R.R., Geronemus R., Kilmer S.L. et al. Cosmetic tattoo ink darkening. A complication of Q-switched and pulsed-laser treatment // Arch. Dermatol. 1993. Vol. 129, N 8. P. 1010-1014.
Grevelink J.M., Duke D., van Leeuwen R.L. et al. Laser treatment of tattoos in darkly pigmented patients: efficacy and side effects // J. Am. Acad. Dermatol. 1996. Vol. 34, N 4. P. 653-656.
Jones A., Roddey P„ Orengo L, Rosen T. The Q-switched Nd:YAG laser effectively treats tattoos in darkly pigmented skin // Dermatol. Surg. 1996. Vol. 22, N 12. P. 999-1001.
Brauer J.A., Reddy K.K., Anolik R. et al. Successful and rapid treatment of blue and green tattoo pigment with a novel picoseconds laser // Arch. Dermatol. 2012. Vol. 148, N 7. P. 820-823.
Izikson L., Farinelli W„ Sakamoto F. et al. Safety and effectiveness of black tattoo clearance in a pig model after a single treatment with a novel 758 nm 500 picosecond laser: a pilot study 11 Lasers Surg. Med. 2010. Vol. 42, N 7. P. 640-646.
Saedi N., Metelista A., Petrell K. et al. Treatment of tattoos with a picosecond alexandrite laser: a prospective trial // Arch. Dermatol. 2012. Vol. 148. P. 1360-1363.
Goh C.L., Diova C.N. A retrospective study on the clinical presentation and treatment outcome of melasma in a tertiary dermatological referral centre in Singapore // Singapore Med. J. 1999. Vol. 40. P. 455-458.
Palumbo A., D’Lschia M., Misuraca G., Prota G. Mechanism of inhibition of melanogenesis by hydroquinone 11 Biochim. Biophys. Acta. 1991. Vol. 1073. P. 85-90.
Jimbow K., Obata H., Pathak M.A., Fitzpatrick T.B. Mechanism of depigmentation by hydroquinone //J. Invest. Dermatol. 1974. Vol. 62. P. 436-449.
Nazzaro Porro M. Azelaicacid 11 J. Am. Acad. Dermatol. 1987. Vol. 17, N6. P. 1033-1041.
Fitton A., Goa K.L. Azelaic acid. A review of its pharmacological properties and therapeutic efficacy in acne and hy-perpigmentary skin disorders // Drugs. 1991. Vol. 41, N 5. P. 780-798.
Romero C., Aberdam E., Larnier C„ Ortonne J.P. Retinoic acid as modulator of UVB-induced melanocyte differentiation. Involvement of the melanogenic enzymes expression // J. Cell Sci. 1994. Vol. 107, pt 4. P. 1095-1103.
Griffiths C.E., Finkel LJ., Ditre C.M. et al. Topical tretinoin (retinoic acid) improves melasma. A vehicle-controlled, clinical trial // Br. J. Dermatol. 1993. Vol. 129, N 4. P. 415-421.
Wang C.C., Hui C.Y., Sue Y.M. et al. Intense pulsed light for the treatment of refractory melasma in Asian persons 11 Dermatol. Surg. 2004. Vol. 30. P. 1196-1200.
Angsuwarangee S„ Polnikorn N. Combined ultrapulse CO2 laser and Q-switched alexandrite laser compared with Q-switched alexandrite laser alone for refractory melasma: splitface design 11 Dermatol. Surg. 2003. Vol. 29. P. 59-64.
Rokhsar C„ Fitzpatrick R.E. The treatment of melasma with photothermolysis: a pilot study // Dermatol. Surg. 2005. Vol. 31. P. 1645-1650.
Kossida T., Rigopoulos D„ Katsambas A., Anderson R.R. Optimal tattoo removal in a single laser session based on the method of repeated exposures // J. Am. Acad. Dermatol. 2012. Vol. 66, N 2. P. 271-277.
Jakubietz R.G., Jakubietz M.G., Kloss D., Gruenert J.G. Defining the basic aesthetics of the hand 11 Aesthetic Plast. Surg. 2005. Vol. 29, N 6. P. 546-551.
Jenkins G. Molecular mechanisms of skin ageing 11 Meeh. Ageing Dev. 2002. Vol. 123, N 7. P. 801-810.
Duffy D.M., Garcia C., Clark R.E. The role of sclerotherapy in abnormal varicose hand veins // Plast. Reconstr. Surg. 1999. Vol. 104, N 5. P. 1474-1479; discussion 1480-1481.
Park U.-J., Do Y.-S., Park K.-B. et al. Treatment of arteriovenous malformations involving the hand // Ann. Vase. Surg. 2012. Vol. 26, N 5. P. 643-648.
Johnson C.M., McLafferty R.B. Endovenous laser ablation of varicose veins: review of current technologies and clinical outcome 11 Vascular. 2007. Vol. 15, N 5. P. 250-254.
Ash J.L., Moore CJ. Laser treatment of varicose veins: order out of chaos // Semin. Vase. Surg. 2010. Vol. 23, N 2. P. 101-106.
Shamma A.R., Guy R.J. Laser ablation of unwanted hand veins 11 Plast. Reconstr. Surg. 2007. Vol. 120, N 7. P. 2017-2024.
Sadick N.S., Anderson D., Werschler W.P. Addressing volume loss in hand rejuvenation: a report of clinical experience 11 ]. Cosmet. Laser Ther. 2008. Vol. 10, N 4. P. 237-241.
Lowe N.J., Maxwell C.A., Lowe P. et al. Injectable poly-l-lactic acid: 3 years of aesthetic experience 11 Dermatol. Surg. 2009. Vol. 35, suppl. 1. P. 344-349.
Bank D.E. A novel approach to treatment of the aging hand with Radiesse // J. Drugs Dermatol. 2009. Vol. 8, N 12. P. 1122-1126.
Edelson K.L. Hand recontouring with calcium hydroxylapatite (Radiesse) // J. Cosmet. Dermatol. 2009. Vol. 8, N 1. P. 44-51.
Flaharty P. Radiance 11 Facial Plast. Surg. 2004. Vol. 20, N 2. P. 165-169.
Busso M., Voigts R. An investigation of changes in physical properties of injectable calcium hydroxylapatite in a carrier gel when mixed with lidocaine and with lidocaine/epineph-rine 11 Dermatol. Surg. 2008. Vo. 34, suppl. 1. P. S16-S23; discussion S24.
Sadick N.S. A 52-week study of safety and efficacy of calcium hydroxylapatite for rejuvenation of the aging hand II J. Drugs Dermatol. 2011. Vol. 10, N 1. P. 47-51.
Sommer B„ Sattler G. Current concepts of fat graft survival: histology of aspirated adipose tissue and review of the literature // Dermatol. Surg. 2000. Vol. 26, N 12. P. 1159-1166.
Kim J.-E., Sykes J.M. Hyaluronic acid fillers: history and overview 11 Facial Plast. Surg. 2011. Vol. 27, N 6. P. 523-528.
Beasley K.L., Weiss M.A., Weiss R.A. Hyaluronic acid fillers: a comprehensive review 11 Facial Plast. Surg. 2009. Vol. 25, N 2. P. 86-94.
Konig K. Multiphoton microscopy in life sciences 11 J. Microsc. 2000. Vol. 200, pt 2. P. 83-104.
Sadick N.S., Smoller B. A study examining the safety and efficacy of a fractional laser in the treatment of photodamage on the hands // J. Cosmet. Laser Ther. 2009. Vol. 11, N 1. P. 29-33.
Stebbins W.G., Hanke C.W. Ablative fractional CO2 resurfacing for photoaging of the hands: pilot study of 10 patients 11 Dermatol. Ther. 2011. Vol. 24, N 1. P. 62-70.
Bernestein L.J., Geronemus R.G. Keloid formation with the 585-nm pulsed dye laser during isotretinoin treatment // Arch. Dermatol. 1997. Vol. 133, N 1. P. 111-112.
Zachariae H. Delayed wound healing and keloid formation following argon laser treatment or dermabrasion during isotretinoin treatment // Br. J. Dermatol. 1988. Vol. 118, N 5. P. 703-706.
Zouboulis С.С., Makrantonaki Е. Clinical aspects and molecular diagnostics of skin aging // Clin. Dermatol. 2011. Vol. 29, N 1. P. 3-14.
Rabe J.H., Mamelak A.J., McElgunn P.J. et al. Photoaging: mechanisms and repair 11 J. Am. Acad. Dermatol. 2006. Vol. 55, N 1. P. 1-19.
Makrantonaki E„ Zouboulis C.C. Molecular mechanisms of skin aging: state of the art 11 Ann. N. Y. Acad. Sci. 2007. Vol. 1119. P. 40-50.
Gilchrest B.A. A review of skin ageing and its medical therapy II Br. J. Dermatol. 1996. Vol. 135, N 6. P. 867-875.
Green A.C., Hughes M.C., McBride P., Fourtanier A. Factors associated with premature skin aging (photoaging) before the age of 55: a population-based study // Dermatology. 2011. Vol. 222, N 1. P. 74-80.
Martires K.J., Fu P., Polster A.M. et al. Factors that affect skin aging: a cohort-based survey on twins 11 Arch. Dermatol. 2009. Vol. 145, N 12. P. 1375-1379.
Gierlotf M., Stohring C„ Buder T. et al. Aging changes of the midfacial fat compartments: a computed tomographic study 11 Plast. Reconstr. Surg. 2012. Vol. 129, N 1. P. 263-273.
Camp M.C., Wong W.W., Filip Z. et al. A quantitative analysis of periorbital aging with three-dimensional surface imaging 11 J. Plast. Reconstr. Aesthet. Surg. 2011. Vol. 64, N 2. P. 148-154.
Mendelson B.C., Hartley W., Scott M. et al. Age-related changes of the orbit and midcheek and the implications for facial rejuvenation 11 Aesthetic Plast. Surg. 2007. Vol. 31, N 5. P. 419-423.
Shaw R.B. Jr, Katzel E.B., Koltz P.F. et al. Aging of the facial skeleton: aesthetic implications and rejuvenation strategies 11 Plast. Reconstr. Surg. 2011. Vol. 127, N 1. P. 374-383.
Shaw R.B. Jr, Kahn D.M. Aging of the midface bony elements: a three-dimensional computed tomographic study // Plast. Reconstr. Surg. 2007. Vol. 119, N 2. P. 675-681; discussion 682-683.
Shaw R.B. Jr., Katzel E.B., Koltz P.F. et al. Facial bone density: effects of aging and impact on facial rejuvenation // Aesthet. Surg. J. 2012. Vol. 32, N 8. P. 937-942.
Gilchrest B.A., Blog F.B., Szabo G. Effects of aging and chronic sun exposure on melanocytes in human skin 11 J. Invest. Dermatol. 1979. Vol. 73, N 2. P. 141-143.
Longo C., Casari A., Beretti F. et al. Skin aging: in vivo microscopic assessment of epidermal and dermal changes by means of confocal microscopy // J. Am. Acad. Dermatol. 2013. Vol. 68, N 3. P. e73-e82.
Chung J.H., Eun H.C. Angiogenesis in skin aging and photoaging П J. Dermatol. 2007. Vol. 34, N 9. P. 593-600.
Bielenberg D.R., Bucana C.D., Sanchez R. et al. Molecular regulation of UVB-induced cutaneous angiogenesis 11 J. Invest. Dermatol. 1998. Vol. Ill, N 5. P. 864-872.
Yano K., Kadoya K., Kajiya K. et al. Ultraviolet В irradiation of human skin induces an angiogenic switch that is mediated by upregulation of vascular endothelial growth factor and by downregulation of thrombospondin-1 11 Br. J. Dermatol. 2005. Vol. 152, N 1. P. 115-121.
Shukla H.D., Sharma S.K. Clostridium botulinum: a bug with beauty and weapon 11 Crit. Rev. Microbiol. 2005. Vol. 31, N 1. P. 11-18.
Dressier D., Hallett M. Immunological aspects of Botox, Dys-port and Myobloc/NeuroBloc 11 Eur. J. Neurol. 2006. Vol. 13, suppl. 1. P. 11—15.
Schiavo G„ Santucci A., Dasgupta B.R. et al. Botulinum neurotoxins serotypes A and E cleave SNAP-25 at distinct COOH-terminal peptide bonds // FEBS Lett. 1993. Vol. 335, N 1. P. 99-103.
Grein S., Mander G.J., Taylor H.Y. Xeomin is stable without refrigeration: complexing proteins are not required for stability of botulinum toxin type A preparations 11 Toxicon. 2008. Vol. 51. P. 13.
Dressier D„ Mander G„ Fink K. Measuring the potency labelling of onabotulinumtoxin A (Botox((R))) and incobotu-linumtoxin A (Xeomin ((R))) in an LD50 assay 11 J. Neural Transm. 2012. Vol. 119, N 1. P. 43-15.
Wohlfarth K., Schwandt I., Wegner F. et al. Biological activity of two botulinum toxin type A complexes (Dysport and Botox) in volunteers: a double-blind, randomized, dose-ranging study 11 J. Neurol. 2008. Vol. 255, N 12. P. 1932-1939.
Sampaio C„ Costa J., Ferreira J.J. Clinical comparability of marketed formulations of botulinum toxin 11 Mov. Disord. 2004.Vol. 19, suppl. 8. P. S129-S136.
Rosales R.L., Bigalke H., Dressier D. Pharmacology of botulinum toxin: differences between type A preparations 11 Eur. J. Neurol. 2006. Vol. 13, suppl. 1. P. 2-10.
Carli L., Montecucco C., Rossetto O. Assay of diffusion of different botulinum neurotoxin type a formulations injected in the mouse leg 11 Muscle Nerve. 2009. Vol. 40, N 3. P. 374-380.
Fraser J.R., Laurent T.C., Laurent U.B. Hyaluronan: its nature, distribution, functions and turnover // J. Intern. Med. 1997. Vol. 242, N 1. P. 27-33.
Laurent T.C., Laurent U.B., Fraser J.R. The structure and function of hyaluronan: an overview 11 Immunol Cell Biol. 1996. Vol. 74, N2. P. A1-A7.
Price R.D., Berry M.G., Navsaria H.A. Hyaluronic acid: the scientific and clinical evidence //J. Plast. Reconstr. Aesthet. Surg. 2007. Vol. 60, N 10. P. 1110-1119.
Hamilton R.G., Strobos J., Adkinson N.F. Jr. Immunogenicity studies of cosmetically administered nonanimal-stabilized hyaluronic acid particles // Dermatol. Surg. 2007. Vol. 33, suppl. 2. P. SI76-SI85.
Sutherland I.W Novel and established applications of microbial polysaccharides 11 Trends Biotechnol. 1998. Vol. 16, N 1. P. 41-46.
Ghersetich L, Lotti T, Campanile G. et al. Hyaluronic acid in cutaneous intrinsic aging // Int. J. Dermatol. 1994. Vol. 33, N2. P. 119-122.
Wang E, Garza L.A., Kang S. et al. In vivo stimulation of de novo collagen production caused by cross-linked hyaluronic acid dermal filler injections in photodamaged human skin // Arch. Dermatol. 2007. Vol. 143, N 2. P. 155-163.
Redbord K.P., Busso M„ Hanke C.W. Soft-tissue augmentation with hyaluronic acid and calcium hydroxyl apatite fillers // Dermatol. Ther. 2011. Vol. 24, N 1. P. 71-81.
Skeie L., Bugge H., Negaard A., Bergersen B.M. Large particle hyaluronic acid for the treatment of facial lipoatrophy in HIV-positive patients: 3-year follow-up study 11 HIV Med. 2010.Vol. 11, N3.P. 170-177.
Gooderham M., Solish N. Use of hyaluronic acid for soft tissue augmentation of HIV-associated facial lipodystrophy 11 Dermatol. Surg. 2005. Vol. 31, N 1. P. 104-108.
Kuhne U., Imhof M. Treatment of the ageing hand with dermal fillers 11 J. Cutan. Aesthet. Surg. 2012. Vol. 5, N 3. P. 163-169.
Epstein R.E., Spencer J.M. Correction of atrophic scars with artefill: an open-label pilot study 11 J. Drugs Dermatol. 2010. Vol. 9, N 9. P. 1062-1064.
Beer K.R. Nasal reconstruction using 20 mg/ml cross-linked hyaluronic acid // J. Drugs Dermatol. 2006. Vol. 5, N 5. P. 465-466.
Bray D„ Hopkins C„ Roberts D.N. Injection rhinoplasty: non-surgical nasal augmentation and correction of post-rhino-plasty contour asymmetries with hyaluronic acid: how we do it // Clin. Otolaryngol. 2010. Vol. 35, N 3. P. 227-230.
Humphrey C.D., Arkins J.P., Dayan S.H. Soft tissue fillers in the nose // Aesthet. Surg. J. 2009. Vol. 29, N 6. P. 477-484.
Tanaka Y., Matsuo K., Yuzuriha S. Westernization of the Asian nose by augmentation of the retropositioned anterior nasal spine with an injectable filler 11 Eplasty. 2011. Vol. 11. P. e7.
Cohen J.L. Understanding, avoiding, and man aging dermal filler complications // Dermatol. Surg. 2008. Vol. 34, suppl. 1. P. S92-S99.
Valiyaparambil J., Rengasamy K., Mallya S.M. An unusual soft tissue radiopacity-radiographic appearance of a dermal filler 11 Br. Dent. J. 2009. Vol. 207, N 5. P. 211-212.
Busso M., Applebaum D. Hand augmentation with Radiesse (Calcium hydroxylapatite) 11 Dermatol. Ther. 2007. Vol. 20, N 6. P. 385-387.
Goldberg D.J., Amin S., Hussain M. Acne scar correction using calcium hydroxylapatite in a carrier-based gel // J. Cosmet. Laser Ther. 2006. Vol. 8, N 3. P. 134-136.
Siclovan H.R., Jomah J.A. Injectable calcium hydroxylapatite for correction of nasal bridge deformities // Aesthetic Plast. Surg. 2009. Vol. 33, N 4. P. 544-548.
Becker H. Nasal augmentation with calcium hydroxylapatite in a carrier-based gel 11 Plast. Reconstr. Surg. 2008. Vol. 121, N6. P. 2142-2147.
Sadick N.S., Katz B.E., Roy D. A multicenter, 47-month study of safety and efficacy of calcium hydroxylapatite for soft tissue augmentation of nasolabial folds and other areas of the face // Dermatol. Surg. 2007. Vol. 33, suppl. 2. Vol. S122-S126; discussion S126-S127.
Requena L., Requena C., Christensen L. et al. Adverse reactions to injectable soft tissue fillers // J. Am. Acad. Dermatol. 2011.Vol. 64, N 1. P. 1-34; quiz 35-36.
Duffy D.M. Complications of fillers: overview 11 Dermatol. Surg. 2005. Vol. 31, N 11. Pt 2. P. 1626-1633.
Jones D.H. Semipermanent and permanent injectable fillers 11 Dermatol. Clin. 2009. Vol. 27, N 4. P. 433-444, vi.
Coleman K.M., Voigts R., De Vore D.P. et al. Neocollagenesis after injection of calcium hydroxylapatite composition in a canine model 11 Dermatol. Surg. 2008. Vol. 34, suppl. 1. P. S53-S55.
Goldman M.P. Cosmetic use of poly-L-lactic acid: my technique for success and minimizing complications II Dermatol. Surg. 2011. Vol. 37, N 5. P. 688-693.
Rendon M.I., Cardona L.M., Pinzon-Plazas M. Treatment of the aged hand with injectable poly-l-lactic acid // J. Cosmet. Laser Ther. 2010. Vol. 12, N 6. P. 284-287.
Mazzuco R., Hexsel D. Poly-L-lactic acid for neck and chest rejuvenation 11 Dermatol. Surg. 2009. Vol. 35, N 8. P. 1228-1237.
Peterson J.D., Goldman M.P. Rejuvenation of the aging chest: a review and our experience 11 Dermatol. Surg. 2011. Vol. 37, N 5. P. 555-571.
Butterwick K., Lowe N.J. Injectable poly-L-lactic acid for cosmetic enhancement: learning from the European experience 11 J. Am. Acad. Dermatol. 2009. Vol. 61, N 2. P. 281-293.
Sadick N.S., Palmisano L. Case study involving use of injectable poly-L-lactic acid (PLLA) for acne scars // J. Dermatol. Treat. 2009. Vol. 20, N 5. P. 302-307.
Apikian M„ Roberts S., Goodman G.J. Adverse reactions to polylactic acid injections in the periorbital area // J. Cosmet. Dermatol. 2007. Vol. 6, N 2. P. 95-101.
Stewart D.B., Morganroth G.S., Mooney M.A. et al. Management of visible granulomas following periorbital injection of poly-L-lactic Acid 11 Ophthal. Plast. Reconstr. Surg. 2007. Vol. 23, N 4. P. 298-301.
Hamilton D.G., Gauthier N., Robertson B.E. Late-onset, recurrent facial nodules associated with injection of poly-L-lactic acid 11 Dermatol. Surg. 2008. Vol. 34, N 1. P. 123-126; discussion 126.
Palm M.D., Woodhall K.E., Butterwick K.J., Goldman M.P. Cosmetic use of poly-l-lactic acid: a retrospective study of 130 patients 11 Dermatol. Surg. 2010. Vol. 36, N 2. P. 161-170.
Gogolewski S., Jovanovic M., Perren S.M. et al. Tissue response and in vivo degradation of selected polyhydroxyacids: polylactides (PLA), poly(3-hydroxybutyrate) (PHB), and poly(3-hydroxybutyrate-co-3-hydroxyvalerate) (PHB/VA) // J. Biomed. Mater. Res. 1993. Vol. 27, N 9. P. 1135-1148.
Bentkover S.H. The biology of facial fillers 11 Facial Plast. Surg. 2009. Vol. 25, N 2. P. 73-85.
Lemperle G„ Knapp T.R., Sadick N.S., Lemperle S.M. ArteFill permanent injectable for soft tissue augmentation: i. Mechanism of action and injection techniques // Aesthetic Plast. Surg. 2010. Vol. 34, N 3. P. 264-272.
Hilinski J.M., Cohen S.R. Soft tissue augmentation with ArteFill 11 Facial Plast. Surg. 2009. Vol. 25, N 2. P. 114-119.
Cohen S.R., Berner C.F., Busso M. et al. ArteFill: a long-lasting injectable wrinkle filler material — summary of the U.S. Food and Drug Administration trials and a progress report on 4- to 5-year outcomes 11 Plast. Reconstr. Surg 2006. Vol. 118, N 3. Suppl. P. 64S-76S.
Lemperle G., Ott H., Charrier U. et al. PMMA microspheres for intradermal implantation: part I. Animal research 11 Ann. Plast. Surg 1991. Vol. 26, N 1. P. 57-63.
Lemperle G., Morhenn V, Charrier U. Human histology and persistence of various injectable filler substances for soft tissue augmentation 11 Aesthetic Plast. Surg. 2003. Vol. 27, N 5. P. 354-366; discussion 367.
Grunebaum L.D., Bogdan Allemann I. et al. The risk of alar necrosis associated with dermal filler injection // Dermatol. Surg. 2009. Vol. 35, suppl. 2. P. 1635-1640.
Shumrick K.A., Smith T.L. The anatomic basis for the design of forehead flaps in nasal reconstruction 11 Arch. Otolaryngol. Head Neck Surg. 1992. Vol. 118, N 4. P. 373-379.
Glaich A.S., Cohen J.L., Goldberg L.H. Injection necrosis of the glabella: protocol for prevention and treatment after use of dermal fillers // Dermatol. Surg. 2006. Vol. 32, N 2. P. 276-281.
Alster T.S., Williams C.M. Treatment of keloid sternotomy scars with 585 nm flashlamp-pumped pulsed-dye laser 11 Lancet. 1995. Vol. 345, N 8959. P. 1198-1200.
Alster T.S., McMeekin T.O. Improvement of facial acne scars by the 585 nm flashlamp-pumped pulsed dye laser 11 J. Am. Acad. Dermatol. 1996. Vol. 35, N 1. P. 79-81.
Nouri K„ Elsaie M.L., Vejjabhinanta V. et al. Comparison of the effects of short- and long-pulse durations when using a 585-nm pulsed dye laser in the treatment of new surgical scars 11 Lasers Med. Sci. 2010. Vol. 25, N 1. P. 121-126.
Hsu T.S., Zelickson B., Dover J.S. et al. Multicenter study of the safety and efficacy of a 585 nm pulsed-dye laser for the nonablative treatment of facial rhytides // Dermatol. Surg. 2005.Vol. 31, N l.P. 1-9.
Moody B.R., McCarthy J.E., Hruza G.J. Collagen remodeling after 585-nm pulsed dye laser irradiation: an ultrasonographic analysis // Dermatol. Surg. 2003. Vol. 29, N 10. P. 997-999; discussion 999-1000.
Zelickson B.D., Kilmer S.L., Bernstein E. et al. Pulsed dye laser therapy for sun damaged skin 11 Lasers Surg. Med. 1999. Vol. 25, N 3. P. 229-236.
Eremia S., Li C.Y. Treatment of face veins with a cryogen spray variable pulse width 1064 nm Nd:YAG Laser: a prospective study of 17 patients // Dermatol. Surg. 2002. Vol. 28, N 3. P. 244-247.
Bekhor P.S. Long-pulsed Nd:YAG laser treatment of venous lakes: report of a series of 34 cases 11 Dermatol. Surg. 2006. Vol. 32, N9. P. 1151-1154.
Groot D., Rao J„ Johnston P., Nakatsui T. Algorithm for using a long-pulsed Nd:YAG laser in the treatment of deep cutaneous vascular lesions 11 Dermatol. Surg. 2003. Vol. 29, N 1. P. 35-42.
Henderson B.W., Dougherty T.J. How does photodynamic therapy work? 11 Photochem. Photobiol. 1992. Vol. 55, N 1. P. 145-157.
Goldberg D.J. Photodynamic therapy in skin rejuvenation // Clin. Dermatol. 2008. Vol. 26, N 6. P. 608-613.
Uebelhoer N.S., Dover J.S. Photodynamic therapy for cosmetic applications 11 Dermatol. Ther. 2005. Vol. 18, N 3. P. 242-252.
Anderson R.R., Parish J.A. Cosmetic Laser Surgery / eds R.E. Fitzpatrick, M.P. Goldman. St Louis, MO : Mosby, 2000.
Goldberg D., Tan M., Dale Sarradet M., Gordon M. Nonablative dermal remodeling with a 585-nm, 350-microsec, flashlamp pulsed dye laser: clinical and ultrastructural analysis 11 Dermatol. Surg. 2003. Vol. 29, N 2. P. 161-163; discussion 163-164.
Manstein D., Herron G.S., Sink R.K. et al. Fractional photothermolysis: a new concept for cutaneous remodeling using microscopic patterns of thermal injury 11 Lasers Surg. Med. 2004.Vol. 34, N 5. P. 426-438.
Tierney E.P., Hanke C.W. Review of the literature: treatment of dyspigmentation with fractionated resurfacing // Dermatol. Surg. 2010. Vol. 36, N 10. P. 1499-1508.
Sherling M., Friedman P.M., Adrian R. et al. Consensus recommendations on the use of an erbium-doped 1,550-nm fractionated laser and its applications in dermatologic laser surgery 11 Dermatol. Surg. 2010. Vol. 36, N 4. P. 461-419.
Hantash B.M., Bedi V.P., Sudireddy V et al. Laser-induced transepidermal elimination of dermal content by fractional photothermolysis 11 J. Biomed. Opt. 2006. Vol. 11, N 4. Article ID 041115.
Wanner M., Tanzi E.L., Alster T.S. Fractional photothermolysis: treatment of facial and nonfacial cutaneous photodamage with a 1,550-nm erbium-doped fiber laser 11 Dermatol. Surg. 2007. Vol. 33, N l.P. 23-28.
Alster T.S., Tanzi E.L., Lazarus M. The use of fractional laser photothermolysis for the treatment of atrophic scars 11 Dermatol. Surg. 2007. Vol. 33, N 3. P. 295-399.
Fitzpatrick R.E., Goldman M.P., Satur N.M., Tope WD. Pulsed carbon dioxide laser resurfacing of photo-aged facial skin 11 Arch. Dermatol. 1996. Vol. 132, N 4. P. 395-402.
Grover R., Grobbelaar A.O., Morgan B.D., Gault D.T. A quantitative method or the assessment of facial rejuvenation: a prospective study investigating the carbon dioxide laser // Br. J. Plast. Surg. 1998. Vol. 51, N 1. P. 8-13.
Alster S., West B. Resurfacing of atrophic facial acne scars with a high-energy, pulsed carbon dioxide laser 11 Dermatol. Surg. 1996. Vol. 22, N 2. P. 151-154; discussion 154-155.
Apfelberg D.B. A critical appraisal of high-energy pulsed carbon dioxide laser facial resurfacing for acne scars 11 Ann. Plast. Surg. 1997. Vol. 38, N 2. P. 95-100.
Miller L.D. The erbium laser gains a role in cosmetic surgery// Biophoton. Int. 1997. Мау/June. P. 38-43.
Tierney E.P., Hanke C.W. Fractionated carbon dioxide laser treatment of photoaging: prospective study in 45 patients and review of the literature 11 Dermatol. Surg. 2011. Vol. 37, N 9. P. 1279-1290.
Tierney E.P., Hanke C.W., Petersen J. Ablative fractionated CO2 laser treatment of photoaging: a clinical and histologic study 11 Dermatol. Surg. 2012. Vol. 38, N 11. P. 1777-1789.
Trelles M.A., Mordon S., Velez M. et al. Results of fractional ablative facial skin resurfacing with the erbium:yttrium-aluminium-garnet laser 1 week and 2 months after one single treatment in 30 patients 11 Lasers Med. Sci. 2009. Vol. 24, N 2. P. 186-194.
Goldman L, Blaney D.J., Kindel D.J. Jr,. Franke E.K. Effect of the laser beam on the skin. Preliminary report // J. Invest. Dermatol. 1963. Vol. 40. P. 121-122.
Goldman L„ Blaney D.J, Kindel D.J. Jr et al. Pathology of the effect of the laser beam on the skin 11 Nature. 1963. Vol. 197. P. 912-914.
Anderson R.R., Parrish J.A. Selective photothermolysis: precise microsurgery by selective absorption of pulsed radiation 11 Science. 1983. Vol. 220, N 4596. P. 524-527.
Dierickx C.C., Grossman M.C., Farinelli W.A., Anderson R.R. Permanent hair removal by normal-mode ruby laser 11 Arch. Dermatol. 1998. Vol. 134, N 7. P. 837-842.
Grossman M.C., Dierickx C., Farinelli W. et al. Damage to hair follicles by normal-mode ruby laser pulses //J. Am. Acad. Dermatol. 1996. Vol. 35, N 6. P. 889-894.
Ibrahimi O.A., Avram M.M., Hanke C.W. et al. Laser hair removal 11 Dermatol. Ther. 2011. Vol. 24, N 1. P. 94-107.
Lanigan S.W. Management of unwanted hair in females 11 Clin. Exp. Dermatol. 2001. Vol. 26, N 8. P. 644-647.
Shapiro J., Lui H. Treatments for unwanted facial hair 11 Skin Therapy Lett. 2005-2006. Vol. 10, N 10. P. 1-4.
Richards R.N., McKenzie M.A., Meharg G.E. Electroepilation (electrolysis) in hirsutism. 35,000 hours’ experience on the face and neck // J. Am. Acad. Dermatol. 1986. Vol. 15, N 4. Pt 1. P. 693-697.
Richards R.N., Meharg G.E. Electrolysis: observations from 13 years and 140,000 hours of experience 11 J. Am. Acad. Dermatol. 1995. Vol. 33, N 4. P. 662-666.
Hamzavi L, Tan E., Shapiro J., Lui H. A randomized bilateral vehicle-controlled study of eflornithine cream combined with laser treatment versus laser treatment alone for facial hirsutism in women 11 J. Am. Acad. Dermatol. 2007. Vol. 57, N 1. P. 54-59.
Smith S.R., Piacquadio D.J., Beger B., Littler C. Eflornithine cream combined with laser therapy in the management of unwanted facial hair growth in women: a randomized trial // Dermatol. Surg. 2006. Vol. 32, N 10. P. 1237-1243.
Rosenfield R.L. Clinical practice. Hirsutism // N. Engl. J. Med. 2005. Vol. 353, N 24. P. 2578-2588.
Anderson R.R., Parrish J.A. The optics of human skin // J. Invest. Dermatol. 1981. Vol. 77, N 1. P. 13-19.
Altshuler G.B., Anderson R.R., Manstein D. et al. Extended theory of selective photothermolysis // Lasers Surg. Med. 2001. Vol. 29, N 5. P. 416-432.
Grossman M.C. Long term comparison of different lasers and light sources for hair removal 11 Lasers Surg. Med. 2000. Vol. 12, suppl. P. 89.
Cassano N., Arpaia N., Vena G.A. Diode laser hair removal and isotretinoin therapy // Dermatol. Surg. 2005. Vol. 31, N 3. P. 380-381.
Khatri K.A. Diode laser hair removal in patients undergoing isotretinoin therapy // Dermatol. Surg. 2004. Vol. 30, N 9. P. 1205-1207; discussion 1207.
Khatri K.A., Garcia V. Light-assisted hair removal in patients undergoing isotretinoin therapy 11 Dermatol. Surg. 2006. Vol. 32, N 6. P. 875-877.
Bernstein E.E Hair growth induced by diode laser treatment // Dermatol. Surg. 2005. Vol. 31, N 5. P. 584-586.
Desai S., Mahmoud B.H., Bhatia A.C., Hamzavi I.H. Paradoxical hypertrichosis after laser therapy: a review 11 Dermatol. Surg. 2010. Vol. 36, N 3. P. 291-298.
Moreno-Arias G., Castelo-Branco C., Ferrando J. Paradoxical effect after IPL photoepilation // Dermatol. Surg. 2002. Vol. 28, N 11. P. 1013-1016; discussion 1016.
Willey A., Torrontegui ]., Azpiazu J., Landa N. Hair stimulation following laser and intense pulsed light photoepilation: review of 543 cases and ways to manage it // Lasers Surg. Med. 2007. Vol. 39, N 4. P. 297-301.
Anderson R.R., Burns A.J., Garden J. et al. Multicenter study of long-pulse ruby laser hair removal 11 Lasers Surg. Med. 1999.Vol. 11, suppl. P. 14.
Wanner M. Laser hair removal // Dermatol. Ther. 2005. Vol. 18, N 3. P. 209-216.
Garcia C., Alamoudi H., Nakib M., Zimmo S. Alexandrite laser hair removal is safe for Fitzpatrick skin types IV-VI 11 Dermatol. Surg. 2000. Vol. 26, N 2. P. 130-134.
Galadari I. Comparative evaluation of different hair removal lasers in skin types IV, V, and VI 11 Int. J. Dermatol. 2003. Vol. 42, N 1. P. 68-70.
Davoudi S.M., Behnia E, Gorouhi F. et al. Comparison of long-pulsed alexandrite and Nd:YAG lasers, individually and in combination, for leg hair reduction: An assessor-blinded, randomized trial with 18 months of follow-up 11 Arch. Dermatol. 2008. Vol. 144, N 10. P. 1323-1327.
Hussain M., Polnikorn N., Goldberg D.J. Laser-assisted hair removal in Asian skin: efficacy, complications, and the effect of single versus multiple treatments 11 Dermatol. Surg. 2003. Vol. 29, N 3. P. 249-254.
Khoury J.G., Saluja R„ Goldman M.P. Comparative evaluation of long-pulse alexandrite and long-pulse Nd:YAG laser systems used individually and in combination for axillary hair removal 11 Dermatol. Surg. 2008. Vol. 34, N 5. P. 665-670; discussion 670-671.
Campos V.B., Dierickx C.C., Farinelli W.A. et al. Hair removal with an 800-nm pulsed diode laser 11 J. Am. Acad. Dermatol. 2000.Vol. 43, N 3. P. 442-447.
Lou W.W., Quintana A.T., Geronemus R.G., Grossman M.C. Prospective study of hair reduction by diode laser (800 nm) with long-term follow-up // Dermatol. Surg. 2000. Vol. 26, N 5. P. 428-432.
Eremia S., Li C„ Newman N. Laser hair removal with alexandrite versus diode laser using four treatment sessions: 1-year results 11 Dermatol. Surg. 2001. Vol. 27, N 11. P. 925-929; discussion 929-930.
Alster T.S., Bryan H., Williams C.M. Long-pulsed Nd:YAG laser-assisted hair removal in pigmented skin: a clinical and histological evaluation // Arch. Dermatol. 2001. Vol. 137, N 7. P. 885-889.
Rao J., Goldman M.P. Prospective, comparative evaluation of three laser systems used individually and in combination for axillary hair removal 11 Dermatol. Surg. 2005. Vol. 31, N 12. P. 1671-1676; discussion 1677.
Weiss R.A., Weiss M.A., Marwaha S., Harrington A.C. Hair removal with a non-coherent filtered flashlamp intense pulsed light source // Lasers Surg. Med. 1999. Vol. 24, N 2. P. 128-132.
Sadick N.S., Shea C.R., Burchette J.L. Jr, Prieto V.G. High-in-tensity flashlamp photoepilation: a clinical, histological, and mechanistic study in human skin 11 Arch. Dermatol. 1999. Vol. 135, N 6. P. 668-676.
Gold M.H., Bell M.W, Foster T.D., Street S. One-year followup using an intense pulsed light source for long-term hair removal 11 J. Cutan. Laser Ther. 1999. Vol. 1, N 3. P. 167-171.
McGill D.J., Hutchison C., McKenzie E. et al. A randomised, split-face comparison of facial hair removal with the alexandrite laser and intense pulsed light system // Lasers Surg. Med. 2007. Vol. 39, N 10. P. 767-772.
Goh C.L. Comparative study on a single treatment response to long pulse Nd:YAG lasers and intense pulse light therapy for hair removal on skin type IV to VI — is longer wavelengths lasers preferred over shorter wavelengths lights for assisted hair removal 11 J. Dermatol. Treat. 2003. Vol. 14, N 4. P. 243-247.
Haak C.S., Nymann P„ Pedersen A.T. et al. Hair removal in hirsute women with normal testosterone levels: a randomized controlled trial of long-pulsed diode laser vs intense pulsed light 11 Br. J. Dermatol. 2010. Vol. 163, N 5. P. 1007-1013.
Campos V.B., Dierickx C.C., Farinelli W.A. et al. Ruby laser hair removal: evaluation of long-term efficacy and side effects 11 Lasers Surg. Med. 2000. Vol. 26, N 2. P. 177-185.
Nouri K., Chen H., Saghari S., Ricotti C.A. Jr. Comparing 18-versus 12-mm spot size in hair removal using a gentlease 755-nm alexandrite laser 11 Dermatol. Surg. 2004. Vol. 30, N 4. Pt 1. P. 494-497.
Ibrahimi O.A., Kilmer S.L. Long-term clinical evaluation of a 800 nm long-pulsed diode laser with a large spot size and vacuum-assisted suction for hair removal // Dermatol. Surg. 2012. Vol. 38, N 6. P. 912-917.
Zenzie H.H., Altshuler G.B., Smirnov M.Z., Anderson R.R. Evaluation of cooling methods for laser dermatology 11 Lasers Surg. Med. 2000. Vol. 26, N 2. P. 130-144.
Nelson J.S., Milner T.E., Anvari B. et al. Dynamic epidermal cooling during pulsed laser treatment of port-wine stain. A new methodology with preliminary clinical evaluation 11 Arch. Dermatol. 1995. Vol. 131, N 6. P. 695-700.
Battle E.F. Jr., Suthamjariya K.K., Alora M.B. et al. Very long-pulsed (20-200 ms) diode laser for hair removal on all skin types 11 Lasers Surg. Med. 2000. Vol. 12, suppl. P. 85.
Braun M. Comparison of high-fluence, single-pass diode laser to low-fluence, multiple-pass diode laser for laser hair reduction with 18 months of follow up 11 J. Drugs Dermatol. 2011. Vol. 10, N 1. P. 62-65.
Nanni C.A., Alster T.S. Laser assisted hair removal: side effects of Q-switched Nd:YAG, long-pulsed ruby and alexandrite lasers 11 ]. Am. Acad. Dermatol. 1999. Vol. 141. P. 165-171.
Haedersdal M., Egekvist H., Efsen J., Bjerring P. Skin pigmentation and texture changes after hair removal with the normal mode ruby laser 11 Acta Derm. Venereol. 1999. Vol. 79, N 6. P. 465-468.
Hasan A.T., Eaglstein W„ Pardo R.J. Solar-induced post-inflammatory hyperpigmentation after laser hair removal 11 Dermatol. Surg. 1999. Vol. 25, N 2. P. 113-115.
Moreno-Arias G.A., Tiffon T„ Marti T„ Camps-Fresneda A. Long-term hypopigmentation induced by diode laser photoepilation 11 J. Cutan. Laser Ther. 2001. Vol. 3, N 1. P. 9-10.
Radmanesh M., Mostaghimi M., Yousefi I. et al. Leukotrichia developed following application of intense pulsed light for hair removal 11 Dermatol. Surg. 2002. Vol. 28, N 7. P. 572-574.
Wimmershoff M.B., Hohenleutner U., Landthaler M. Isomorphic phenomenon: adverse effect after epilation with the long-pulsed ruby laser 11 Arch. Dermatol. 2000. Vol. 36, N 12. P. 1570-1571.
Lapidoth M., Shafirstein G„ Ben Amitai D. et al. Reticulate erythema following diode laser-assisted hair removal: a new side effect of a common procedure // J. Am. Acad. Dermatol. 2004. Vol. 51, N 5. P. 774-777.
Moreno-Arias G.A., Tiffbn T., Marti T., Camps-Fresneda A. Urticaria vasculitis induced by diode laser photo-epilation 11 Dermatol. Surg. 2000. Vol. 26, N 11. P. 1082-1083.
Lask G., Friedman D., Elman M. et al. Pneumatic skin flattening (PSF): a novel technology for marked pain reduction in hair removal with high energy density lasers and IPLs 11 J. Cosmet. Laser Ther. 2006. Vol. 8, N 2. P. 76-81.
Rohrer T.E., Chatrath V, Yamauchi P., Lask G. Can patients treat themselves with a small novel light based hair removal system? 11 Lasers Surg. Med. 2003. Vol. 33, N 1. P. 25-29.
Spencer J.M. Clinical evaluation of a handheld self-treatment device for hair removal // J. Drugs Dermatol. 2007. Vol. 6, N 8. P. 788-792.
Wheeland R.G. Simulated consumer use of a battery-powered, hand-held, portable diode laser (810 nm) for hair removal: a safety, efficacy and ease-of-use study 11 Lasers Surg. Med. 2007. Vol. 39, N 6. P. 476-493.
Grossman M., Dwyer P., Wimberley J., Flotte T.J. PDT for hirsutism 11 Lasers Surg. Med. 1995. Vol. 7, suppl. P. 44.
Waldman A., Kreindle M. New technology in aesthetic medicine: ELOS electro optical synergy //J. Cosmet Laser Ther. 2003. Vol. 5, N 3-4. P. 204-206.
Sadick N.S., Shaoul J. Hair removal using a combination of conducted radiofrequency and optical energies — an 18-month follow-up // J. Cosmet. Laser Ther. 2004. Vol. 6, N 1. P. 21-26.
Goldberg D.J., Marmur E.S., Hussain M. Treatment of terminal and vellus non-pigmented hairs with an optical/bipolar radiofrequency energy source-with and without pretreatment using topical aminolevulinic acid 11 J. Cosmet. Laser Ther. 2005. Vol. 7, N 1. P. 25-28.
Klein A., Steinert S., Baeumler W. et al. Photoepilation with a diode laser vs intense pulsed light (IPL): a randomized, intrapatient left-to-right trial // Br. J. Dermatol. 2013. Vol. 168, N6. P. 1287-1293. doi: 10.1111/bjd. 12182.
Jalian H.R., Jalian C.A., Avram M.M. Common causes of injury and legal action in laser surgery 11 JAMA Dermatol. 2013. Vol. 149, N 2. P. 188-193.
Wheeland R.G. Permanent hair reduction with a home-use diode laser: safety and effectiveness 1 year after eight treatments // Lasers Surg. Med. 2012. Vol. 44, N 7. P. 550-557.
Arndt К.A. Treatment techniques in argon laser therapy 11 J. Am. Acad. Dermatol. 1984. Vol. 11, N 1. P. 90-97.
Cosman B. Experience in the argon laser therapy of port wine stains 11 Plast. Reconstr. Surg. 1980. Vol. 65, N 2. P. 119-129.
Apfelberg D.B., Kosek J., Maser M.R., Lash H. Histology of port wine stains following argon laser treatment // Br. J. Plast. Surg. 1979. Vol. 32, N 3. P. 232-237.
Anderson R.R., Parrish J.A. Selective photothermolysis: precise microsurgery by selective absorption of pulsed radiation 11 Science. 1983. Vol. 220, N 4596. P. 524-527.
Garden J.M., Polla L.L., Tan O.T. The treatment of port-wine stains by the pulsed dye laser. Analysis of pulse duration and long-term therapy // Arch. Dermatol. 1988. Vol. 124, N 6. P. 889-896.
Levine Y.J., Geronemus R.G. Adverse effects associated with the 577- and 585-nanometer pulsed dye laser in the treatment of cutaneous vascular lesions: a study of 500 patients 11 J. Am. Acad. Dermatol. 1995. Vol. 32, N 4. P. 613-617.
Anderson R.R., Parrish J.A. The optics of human skin // J. Invest. Dermatol. 1981. Vol. 77, N 1. P, 13-19.
Tan O.T, Murray S., Kurban A.K. Action spectrum of vascular specific injury using pulsed irradiation 11 J. Invest. Dermatol. 1989. Vol. 92, N 6. P. 868-871.
Lanigan S.W., Taibjee S.M. Recent advances in laser treatment of port-wine stains 11 Br. J. Dermatol. 2004. Vol. 151, N 3. P. 527-533.
Keijzer M., Pickering J.W., van Gemert M.J. Laser beam diameter for port wine stain treatment 11 Lasers Surg. Med. 1991. Vol. 11, N6. P. 601-605.
Gilchrest B.A., Rosen S., Noe J.M. Chilling port wine stains improves the response of argon laser therapy 11 Plast. Reconstr. Surg. 1982. Vol. 69. P. 278-283.
Nelson J.S., Milner T.E., Anvari B. et al. Dynamic epidermal cooling during pulsed laser treatment of port-wine stain. A new methodology with preliminary clinical evaluation // Arch. Dermatol. 1995. Vol. 131, N 6. P. 695-700.
Raulin C„ Greve B., Hammes S. Cold air in laser therapy: first experiences with a new cooling system 11 Lasers Surg. Med. 2000. Vol. 27, N 5. P. 404-410.
Garden J.M., Tan O.T., Kerschmann R. et al. Effect of dye laser pulse duration on selective cutaneous vascular injury 11 J. Invest. Dermatol. 1986. Vol. 87, N 5. P. 653-657.
Izikson L., Nelson J.S., Anderson R.R. Treatment of hypertrophic and resistant port wine stains with a 755 nm laser: a case series of 20 patients 11 Lasers Surg. Med. 2009. Vol. 41, N 6. P. 427-432.
Yang M.U., Yaroslavsky A.N., Farinelli W.A. et al. Long-pulsed neodymium: yttrium-aluminum-garnet laser treatment for port-wine stains 11 J. Am. Acad. Dermatol. 2005. Vol. 52, N 3. Pt 1. P. 480-490.
Mulliken J.B., Glowacki J. Hemangiomas and vascular malformations in infants and children: a classification based on endothelial characteristics 11 Plast. Reconstr. Surg 1982. Vol. 69, N 3. P. 412-422.
Enjolras O., Mulliken J.B. Vascular tumors and vascular malformations (new issues) // Adv. Dermatol. 1997. Vol. 13. P. 375-423.
Enjolras O. Vascular tumors and vascular malformations: are we at the dawn of a better knowledge? 11 Pediatr. Dermatol. 1999. Vol. 16, N 3. P. 238-241.
Barsky S.H., Rosen S., Geer D.E., Noe J.M. The nature and evolution of port wine stains: a computer-assisted study // J. Invest. Dermatol. 1980. Vol. 74, N 3. P. 154-157.
Lever W.F., Elder D.E. Lever’s Histopathology of the Skin. 10th ed. Philadelphia, PA : Lippincott Williams and Wilkins, 2009.
Smoller B.R., Rosen S. Port-wine stains. A disease of altered neural modulation of blood vessels? // Arch. Dermatol. 1986. Vol. 122, N 2. P. 177-179.
Jacobs A.H., Walton R.G. The incidence of birthmarks in the neonate 11 Pediatrics. 1976. Vol. 58, N 2. P. 218-222.
Adams B.B., Lucky A.W Acquired port-wine stains and antecedent trauma: case report and review of the literature 11 Arch. Dermatol. 2000. Vol. 136, N 7. P. 897-899.
Tomas-Sohl K.A., Vaslow D.F., Maria B.L. Sturge-Weber syndrome: a review 11 Pediatr. Neurol. 2004. Vol. 30, N 5. P. 303-310.
Mazereeuw-Hautier J., Syed S., Harper J.I. Bilateral facial capillary malformation associated with eye and brain abnormalities 11 Arch. Dermatol. 2006. Vol. 142, N 8. P. 994-998.
Enjolras O., Riche M.C., Merland J.J. Facial port-wine stains and Sturge-Weber syndrome 11 Pediatrics. 1985. Vol. 76, N 1. P. 48-51.
Redondo P„ Aguado L., Martinez-Cuesta A. Diagnosis and management of extensive vascular malformations of the lower limb: part I. Clinical diagnosis 11 J. Am. Acad. Dermatol. 2011. Vol. 65, N 5. P. 893-906; quiz 907-908.
Gloviczki P„ Hollier L.H., Telander R.L. et al. Surgical implications of Klippel-Trenaunay syndrome 11 Ann. Surg. 1983. Vol. 197, N 3. P. 353-362.
Geronemus R.G., Ashinoff R. The medical necessity of evaluation and treatment of port-wine stains // J. Dermatol. Surg. Oncol. 1991. Vol. 17, N 1. P. 76-79.
Wagner K.D., Wagner R.F. Jr. The necessity for treatment of childhood port-wine stains // Cutis. 1990. Vol. 45, N 5. P. 317-318.
Malm M., Carlberg M. Port-wine stain — a surgical and psychological problem 11 Ann. Plast. Surg. 1988. Vol. 20, N 6. P. 512-516.
Lanigan S.W., Cotterill J.A. Psychological disabilities amongst patients with port wine stains // Br. J. Dermatol. 1989. Vol. 121, N 2. P. 209-215.
Heller A., Rafman S„ Zvagulis I., Pless LB. Birth defects and psychosocial adjustment // Am. J. Dis. Child. 1985. Vol. 139, N 3. P. 257-263.
Reyes B.A., Geronemus R. Treatment of port-wine stains during childhood with the flashlamp-pumped pulsed dye laser // J. Am. Acad. Dermatol. 1990. Vol. 23, N 6. Pt 1. P. 1142-1148.
Orten S.S., Waner M., Flock S. et al. Port-wine stains. An assessment of 5 years of treatment // Arch. Otolaryngol. Head Neck Surg. 1996. Vol. 122, N 11. P. 1174-1179.
Fiskerstrand E.J., Svaasand L.O., Kopstad G. et al. Laser treatment of port wine stains: therapeutic outcome in relation to morphological parameters 11 Br. J. Dermatol. 1996. Vol. 134, N6. P. 1039-1043.
Tan O.T., Sherwood K., Gilchrest B.A. Treatment of children with port-wine stains using the flashlamp-pulsed tunable dye-laser 11 N. Engl. J. Med. 1989. Vol. 320, N 7. P. 416-421.
Morelli J.G., Weston W.L., Huff J.C., Yohn J.J. Initial lesion size as a predictive factor in determining the response of portwine stains in children treated with the pulsed dye-laser 11 Arch. Pediatr. Adolesc. Med. 1995. Vol. 149, N 10. P. 1142-1144.
Fitzpatrick R.E., Lowe N.J., Goldman M.P. et al. Flashlamp-pumped pulsed dye laser treatment of port-wine stains 11 J. Dermatol. Surg. Oncol. 1994. Vol. 20, N 11. P. 743-748.
Van Gemert M.J., Welch A.J., Amin A.P. Is there an optimal laser treatment for port wine stains? 11 Lasers Surg. Med. 1986. Vol. 6, N 1. P. 76-83.
Van Gemert M.J., Welch A.J. Treatment of port-wine stains analysis // Med. Instrum. 1987. Vol. 21, N 4. P. 213-217.
Alster T.S., Wilson F. Treatment of port-wine stains with the flashlamp-pumped pulsed dye laser: extended clinical experience in children and adults 11 Ann. Plast. Surg 1994. Vol. 32, N 5. P. 478-484.
Katugampola G.A., Lanigan S.W Five years’ experience of treating port wine stains with the flashlamp-pumped pulsed dye laser 11 Br. J. Dermatol. 1997. Vol. 137, N 5. P. 750-754.
Li L., Kono T., Groff WF. et al. Comparison study of a long-pulse pulsed dye laser and a long-pulse pulsed alexandrite laser in the treatment of port wine stains // J. Cosmet. Laser Ther. 2008. Vol. 10, N 1. P. 12-15.
Chowdhury M.M., Harris S., Lanigan S.W. Potassium titanyl phosphate laser treatment of resistant port-wine stains 11 Br. J. Dermatol. 2001. Vol. 144, N 4. P. 814-817.
Ahcan U., Zorman P„ Recek D. et al. Port wine stain treatment with a dual-wavelength Nd:Yag laser and cryogen spray cooling: a pilot study 11 Lasers Surg. Med. 2004. Vol. 34, N 2. P. 164-167.
Raulin C., Schroeter C.A., Weiss R.A. et al. Treatment of port-wine stains with a noncoherent pulsed light source: a retrospective study // Arch. Dermatol. 1999. Vol. 135, N 6. P. 679-683.
Faurschou A., Togsverd-Bo K., Zachariae C„ Haedersdal M. Pulsed dye laser vs intense pulsed light for port-wine stains: a randomized side-by-side trial with blinded response evaluation 11 Br. J. Dermatol. 2009. Vol. 160, N 2. P. 359-364.
Bjerring P., Christiansen K„ Troilius A. Intense pulsed light source for the treatment of dye laser resistant port-wine stains 11 J. Cosmet. Laser Ther. 2003. Vol. 5, N 1. P. 7-13.
Tournas J.A., Lai J., Truitt A. et al. Combined benzoporphyrin derivative monoacid ring photodynamic therapy and pulsed dye laser for port wine stain birthmarks // Photodiagnosis Photodyn. Ther. 2009. Vol. 6, N 3-4. P. 195-199.
Tremaine A.M., Armstrong J„ Huang Y.C. et al. Enhanced port-wine stain lightening achieved with combined treatment of selective photothermolysis and imiquimod // J. Am. Acad. Dermatol. 2012. Vol. 66, N 4. P. 634-641.
Nelson J.S., Jia W, Phung T.L., Mihm M.C. Jr. Observations on enhanced port wine stain blanching induced by combined pulsed dye laser and rapamycin administration 11 Lasers Surg. Med. 2011. Vol. 43, N 10. P. 939-942.
Loewe R., Oble D.A., Valero T. et al. Stem cell marker upregulation in normal cutaneous vessels following pulsed-dye laser exposure and its abrogation by concurrent rapamycin administration: implications for treatment of port-wine stain birthmarks 11 J. Cutan. Pathol. 2010. Vol. 37, suppl. L. P. 76-82.
Holmdahl K. Cutaneous hemangiomas in premature and mature infants II Acta Paediatr. 1955. Vol. 44, N 4. P. 370-379.
Jacobs A.H. Strawberry hemangiomas; the natural history of the untreated lesion // Calif. Med. 1957. Vol. 86, N 1. P. 8-10.
Amir J., Metzker A., Krikler R., Reisner S.H. Strawberry hemangioma in preterm infants 11 Pediatr. Dermatol. 1986. Vol. 3, N4. P. 331-332.
Powell T.G., West C.R., Pharoah P.O., Cooke R.W Epidemiology of strawberry hemangioma in low birthweight infants 11 Br. J. Dermatol. 1987. Vol. 116, N 5. P. 635-641.
North P.E., Waner M., Mizeracki A., Mihm M.C. Jr. GLUT1: a newly discovered immunohistochemical marker for juvenile hemangiomas 11 Hum. Pathol. 2000. Vol. 31, N 1. P. 11-22.
Bowers R.E., Graham E.A., Tomlinson K.M. The natural history of the strawberry nevus // Arch. Dermatol. 1960. Vol. 82, N 5. P. 667-680.
Golitz L.E., Rudikoff J., O’Meara O.P. Diffuse neonatal hemangiomatosis 11 Pediatr. Dermatol. 1986. Vol. 3, N 2. P. 145-152.
Stern J.K., Wolf J.E. Jr, Jarratt M. Benign neonatal hemangiomatosis //J. Am. Acad. Dermatol. 1981. Vol. 4, N 4. P. 442-445.
Metry D.W., Dowd C.E, Barkovich A.J., Frieden I.J. The many faces of PHACE syndrome //J. Pediatr. 2001. Vol. 139, N 1. P. 117-123.
Frieden I.J., Reese V, Cohen D. PHACE syndrome. The association of posterior fossa brain malformations, hemangiomas, arterial anomalies, coarctation of the aorta and cardiac defects, and eye abnormalities 11 Arch. Dermatol. 1996. Vol. 132, N3.P. 307-311.
Wong C.H., Wright J.G., Silove E.D. et al. A new syndrome of multiple hemangiomas, right dominant double aortic arch, and coarctation 11 J. Thorac. Cardiovasc. Surg. 2001. Vol. 121, N 6. P. 1207-1209.
Smolinski K.N., Yan A.C. Hemangiomas of infancy: clinical and biological characteristics 11 Clin. Pediatr. (Phila.). 2005. Vol. 44, N 9. P. 747-766.
Maguiness S.M., Frieden I.J. Current management of infantile hemangiomas // Semin. Cutan. Med. Surg. 2010. Vol. 29, N 2. P. 106-114.
Pope E„ Chakkittakandiyil A. Topical timolol gel for infantile hemangiomas: a pilot study 11 Arch. Dermatol. 2010. Vol. 146, N 5. P. 564-565.
Guo S., Ni N. Topical treatment for capillary hemangioma of the eyelid using beta-blocker solution 11 Arch. Ophthalmol. 2010. Vol. 128, N 2. P. 255-256.
Chakkittakandiyil A., Phillips R., Frieden I.J. et al. Timolol maleate 0.5% or 0.1% gel-forming solution for infantile hemangiomas: a retrospective, multicenter, cohort study // Pediatr. Dermatol. 2012. Vol. 29, N 1. P. 28-31.
Shedden A.H., Laurence J., Barrish A., Olah TV. Plasma timolol concentrations of timolol maleate: timolol gel-forming solution (TIMOPTIC-XE) once daily versus timolol maleate ophthalmic solution twice daily 11 Doc. Ophthalmol. 2001. Vol. 103, N l.P. 73-79.
Мао X.H., Wang J.Y., Yan J.L. Topical imiquimod treatment of cutaneous vascular disorders in pediatric patients: clinical evaluation on the efficacy and safety // J. Zhejiang Univ. Sci. B. 2012. Vol. 13, N 9. P. 745-750.
Bruckner A.L., Frieden I.J. Hemangiomas of infancy 11 J. Am. Acad. Dermatol. 2003. Vol. 48, N 4. P. 477-493; quiz 494-496.
Achauer B.M., Chang C.J., Vander Kam VM. Management of hemangioma of infancy: review of 245 patients 11 Plast. Reconstr. Surg. 1997. Vol. 99, N 5. P. 1301-1308.
Metz B.J., Rubenstein M.C., Levy M.L., Metry D.W. Response of ulcerated perineal hemangiomas of infancy to becaplermin gel, a recombinant human platelet-derived growth factor 11 Arch. Dermatol. 2004. Vol. 140, N 7. P. 867-870.
Frieden I.J., Haggstrom A.N., Drolet B.A. et al. Infantile hemangiomas: current knowledge, future directions. Proceedings of a research workshop on infantile hemangiomas, April 7-9, 2005, Bethesda, Maryland, USA 11 Pediatr. Dermatol. 2005. Vol. 22, N 5. P. 383-406.
Leaute-Labreze C., Dumas de la Roque E„ Hubiche T. et al. Propranolol for severe hemangiomas of infancy И N. Engl. J. Med. 2008. Vol. 358, N 24. P. 2649-2651.
Siegfried E.C., Keenan W.J., Al-Jureidini S. More on propranolol for hemangiomas of infancy // N. Engl. J. Med. 2008. Vol. 359, N 26. P. 2846-2847.
Enjolras O„ Breviere G.M., Roger G. et al. [Vincristine treatment for function and life-threatening infantile hemangioma] 11 Arch. Pediatr. 2004. Vol. 11, N 2. P. 99-107.
Maturo S., Hartnick C. Initial experience using propranolol as the sole treatment for infantile airway hemangiomas 11 Int. J. Pediatr. Otorhinolaryngol. 2010. Vol. 74, N 3. P. 323-325.
Manunza E, Syed S., Laguda B. et al. Propranolol for complicated infantile haemangiomas: a case series of 30 infants // Br. J. Dermatol. 2010. Vol. 162, N 2. P. 466-468.
Rizzo C., Brightman L„ Chapas A.M. et al. Outcomes of childhood hemangiomas treated with the pulsed-dye laser with dynamic cooling: a retrospective chart analysis 11 Dermatol. Surg. 2009. Vol. 35, N 12. P. 1947-1954.
Hunzeker C.M., Geronemus R.G. Treatment of superficial infantile hemangiomas of the eyelid using the 595-nm pulsed dye laser 11 Dermatol. Surg. 2010. Vol. 36, N 5. P. 590-597.
Kono T, Sakurai H., Groff W.F. et al. Comparison study of a traditional pulsed dye laser versus a long-pulsed dye laser in the treatment of early childhood hemangiomas // Lasers Surg. Med. 2006. Vol. 38, N 2. P. 112-115.
Abstracts of the American Society for Laser Medicine and Surgery. April 18-22, 2012. Kissimmee, Florida, USA 11 Lasers Surg. Med. 2012. Vol. 44, suppl. 24. P. 1-94.
Witman P.M., Wagner A.M., Scherer K. et al. Complications following pulsed dye laser treatment of superficial hemangiomas // Lasers Surg Med. 2006. Vol. 38, N 2. P. 116-123.
Morelli J.G., Tan O.T., Weston W.L. Treatment of ulcerated hemangiomas with the pulsed tunable dye-laser 11 Am. J. Dis. Child. 1991. Vol. 145, N 9. P. 1062-1064.
Wananukul S., Chatproedprai S. Ulcerated hemangiomas: clinical features and management 11 J. Med. Assoc. Thai. 2002. Vol. 85, N 11. P. 1220-1225.
David L.R., Malek M.M., Argenta L.C. Efficacy of pulse dye laser therapy for the treatment of ulcerated hemangiomas: a review of 78 patients 11 Br. J. Plast. Surg. 2003. Vol. 56, N 4. P. 317-327.
Poetke M„ Philipp C„ Berlien H.P. Flashlamp-pumped pulsed dye laser for hemangiomas in infancy: treatment of superficial vs mixed hemangiomas // Arch. Dermatol. 2000. Vol. 136, N 5. P. 628-632.
Blankenship C.M., Alster T.S. Fractional photothermolysis of residual hemangioma 11 Dermatol. Surg. 2008. Vol. 34, N 8. P. 1112-1114.
Brightman L.A., Brauer J.A., Terushkin Y. et al. Ablative fractional resurfacing for involuted hem angioma residuum 11 Arch. Dermatol. 2012. Vol. 148, N 11. P. 1-5.
Raulin C., Greve B. Retrospective clinical comparison of hemangioma treatment by flashlamp-pumped (585 nm) and frequency-doubled Nd:YAG (532 nm) lasers 11 Lasers Surg. Med. 2001. Vol. 28, N1. P. 40-43.
Angermeier M.C. Treatment of facial vascular lesions with intense pulsed light 11 J. Cutan. Laser Ther. 1999. Vol. 1, N 2. P. 95-100.
Jorge B.F., Del Pozo J., Castineiras I. et al. Treatment of ulcerated haemangiomas with a non-coherent pulsed light source: brief initial clinical report 11 J. Cosmet. Laser Ther. 2008. Vol. 10, N 1. P. 48- 51.
Yikkula M., Boon L.M., Carraway K.L. 3rd et al. Vascular dysmorphogenesis caused by an activating mutation in the receptor tyrosine kinase TIE2 11 Cell. 1996. Vol. 87, N 7. P. 1181-1190.
Dubois J., Garel L. Imaging and therapeutic approach of hemangiomas and vascular malformations in the pediatric age group // Pediatr. Radiol. 1999. Vol. 29, N 12. P. 879-893.
Garzon M.C., Huang J.T., Enjolras O., Frieden I.J. Vascular malformations — part I 11 J. Am. Acad. Dermatol. 2007. Vol. 56, N 3. P. 353-370.
Scherer K„ Waner M. Nd:YAG lasers (1064 nm) in the treatment of venous malformations of the face and neck: challenges and benefits 11 Lasers Med. Sci. 2007. Vol. 22, N 2. P. 119-126.
Alam M., Dover J.S., Arndt K.A. Treatment of facial telangiectasia with variable-pulse high-fluence pulsed-dye laser: comparison of efficacy with fluences immediately above and below the purpura threshold 11 Dermatol. Surg. 2003. Vol. 29, N 7. P. 681-685.
Tanghetti E.A. More effects of double-pass intervals on purpuric threshold and depth of tissue injury in extended pulse dye laser (PhotoGenica V-Star) 11 Lasers Surg. Med. 2003. Vol. 32. P. 27.
Tanghetti E., Sherr E.A., Sierra R„ Mirkov M. The effects of pulse dye laser double-pass treatment intervals on depth of vessel coagulation 11 Lasers Surg. Med. 2006. Vol. 38, N 1. P. 16-21.
Rohrer T.E., Chatrath V, Iyengar V. Does pulse stacking improve the results of treatment with variable-pulse pulsed-dye lasers? 11 Dermatol. Surg. 2004. Vol. 30, N 2. P. 163-167.
Goldberg D.J., Marcus J. The use of the frequency-doubled Q-switched Nd:YAG laser in the treatment of small cutaneous vascular lesions // Dermatol. Surg. 1996. Vol. 22, N 10. P. 841-844.
Clementoni M.T., Gilardino P., Muti G.F. et al. Facial teleangectasias: our experience in treatment with IPL 11 Lasers Surg. Med. 2005. Vol. 37, N 1. P. 9-13.
Tan S.R., Tope W.D. Pulsed dye laser treatment of rosacea improves erythema, symptomatology, and quality of life 11 J. Am. Acad. Dermatol. 2004. Vol. 51, N 4. P. 592-599.
Clark S.M., Lanigan S.W., Marks R. Laser treatment of erythema and telangiectasia associated with rosacea 11 Lasers Med. Sci. 2002. Vol. 17, N 1. p. 26-33.
Lowe N.J., Behr K.L., Fitzpatrick R. et al. Flash lamp pumped dye laser for rosacea-associated telangiectasia and erythema 11 J. Dermatol. Surg. Oncol. 1991. Vol. 17, N 6. P. 522-525.
Ross B.S., Levine V.J., Ashinoff R. Laser treatment of acquired vascular lesions 11 Dermatol. Clin. 1997. Vol. 15, N 3. P. 385-396.
Wheeland R.G., Applebaum J. Flashlamp-pumped pulsed dye laser therapy for poikiloderma of civatte 11 J. Dermatol. Surg. Oncol. 1990. Vol. 16, N l.P. 12-16.
Sommer S., Sheehan-Dare R.A. Atrophie blanche-like scarring after pulsed dye laser treatment //J. Am. Acad. Dermatol. 1999. Vol. 41, N 1. P. 100-102.
Varshney S. Angiokeratoma circumscriptum of the tongue // Int. J. Dermatol. 2005. Vol. 44, N 10. P. 886-888.
Ergun S., Mete O., Yeil S., Tanyeri H. Solitary angiokeratoma of the tongue treated with diode laser 11 Lasers Med. Sci. 2009. Vol. 24, N 1. P. 123-125.
Kar H.K., Gupta L. A case of angiokeratoma circumscriptum of the tongue: response with carbon dioxide and pulsed dye laser 11 J. Cutan. Aesthet. Surg. 2011. Vol. 4, N 3. P. 205-207.
Tolhurst D.E. Hypertrophic scarring prevented by pressure: a case report 11 Br. J. Plast. Surg. 1977. Vol. 30, N 3. P. 218-219.
Staley M.J., Richard R.L. Use of pressure to treat hypertrophic burn scars 11 Adv. Wound Care. 1997. Vol. 10, N 3. P. 44-46.
Kischer C.W., Shetlar M.R., Shetlar C.L. Alteration of hypertrophic scars induced by mechanical pressure // Arch. Dermatol. 1975. Vol. Ill, N 1. P. 60-64.
Ward R.S. Pressure therapy for the control of hypertrophic scar formation after burn injury. A history and review 11 J. Burn Care Rehabil. 1991. Vol. 12, N 3. P. 257-262.
Perkins K., Davey R.B., Wallis K.A. Silicone gel: a new treatment for burn scars and contractures // Burns Incl. Therm. Inj. 1983. Vol. 9, N 3. P. 201-204.
Quinn K.J., Evans J.H., Courtney J.M. et al. Non-pressure treatment of hypertrophic scars 11 Burns Incl. Therm. Inj. 1985. Vol. 12, N2. P. 102-108.
Fette A. Influence of silicone on abnormal scarring // Plast. Surg. Nurs. 2006. Vol. 26, N 2. P. 87-92.
Augusti K.T. Therapeutic values of onion (Allium сера L.) and garlic (Allium sativum L.) // Indian J. Exp. Biol. 1996. Vol. 34, N 7. P. 634-640.
Perez O.A., Viera M.H., Patel J.K. et al. A comparative study evaluating the tolerability and efficacy of two topical therapies for the treatment of keloids and hypertrophic scars 11 J. Drugs Dermatol. 2010. Vol. 9, N 5. P. 514-518.
Willital G.H., Heine H. Efficacy of Contractubex gel in the treatment of fresh scars after thoracic surgery in children and adolescents 11 Int. J. Clin. Pharmacol. Res. 1994. Vol. 14, N5-6. P. 193-202.
Beuth J., Hunzelmann N., Van Leendert R. et al. Safety and efficacy of local administration of contractubex to hypertrophic scars in comparison to corticosteroid treatment. Results of a multicenter, comparative epidemiological cohort study in Germany 11 In Vivo. 2006. Vol. 20, N 2. P. 277-283.
Zurada J.M., Kriegel D., Davis I.C. Topical treatments for hypertrophic scars 11 J. Am. Acad. Dermatol. 2006. Vol. 55, N 6. P. 1024-1031.
Baumann L.S, Spencer J. The effects of topical vitamin E on the cosmetic appearance of scars // Dermatol. Surg. 1999. Vol. 25, N 4. P. 311-315.
van der Veer W.M., Jacobs X.E., Waardenburg I.E. et al. Topical calcipotriol for preventive treatment of hypertrophic scars: a randomized, double-blind, placebo-controlled trial // Arch. Dermatol. 2009. Vol. 145, N 11. P. 1269-1275.
Prado A., Andrades P., Benitez S., Umana M. Scar management after breast surgery: preliminary results of a prospective, randomized, and double-blind clinical study with aldara cream 5% (imiquimod) // Plast. Reconstr. Surg. 2005. Vol. 115, N3.P. 966-972.
Jenkins M., Alexander J.W., MacMillan B.G. et al. Failure of topical steroids and vitamin E to reduce postoperative scar formation following reconstructive surgery // J. Burn Care Rehabil. 1986. Vol. 7, N 4. P. 309-312.
McCoy B.J., Diegelmann R.F., Cohen I.K. In vitro inhibition of cell growth, collagen synthesis, and prolyl hydroxylase activity by triamcinolone acetonide // Proc. Soc. Exp. Biol. Med. 1980. Vol. 163, N 2. P. 216-222.
Muneuchi G., Suzuki S., Onodera M. et al. Long-term outcome of intralesional injection of triamcinolone acetonide for the treatment of keloid scars in Asian patients 11 Scand. J. Plast. Reconstr. Surg. Hand Surg. 2006. Vol. 40, N 2. P. 111-116.
Liu M.F., Yencha M. Cushings syndrome secondary to intralesional steroid injections of multiple keloid scars 11 Otolaryngol. Head Neck Surg. 2006. Vol. 135, N 6. P. 960-961.
Mishra S. Safe and less painful injection of triamcinolone acetonide into a keloid — a technique 11 J. Plast. Reconstr. Aes-thet. Surg. 2010. Vol. 63, N 2. P. e205.
Tosa M„ Murakami M„ Hyakusoku H. Effect of lidocaine tape on pain during intralesional injection of triamcinolone acetonide for the treatment of keloid // J. Nippon Med. Sch. 2009. Vol. 76, N l.P. 9-12.
Anthony E.T., Lemonas P., Navsaria H.A., Moir G.C. The cost effectiveness of intralesional steroid therapy for keloids 11 Dermatol. Surg. 2010. Vol. 36, N 10. P. 1624-1626.
Weshahy A.H. Intralesional cryosurgery. A new technique using cryoneedles // J. Dermatol. Surg. Oncol. 1993. Vol. 19, N2. P. 123-126.
Har-Shai Y, Brown W., Labbe D. et al. Intralesional cryosurgery for the treatment of hypertrophic scars and keloids following aesthetic surgery: the results of a prospective observational study // Int. J. Low Extrem. Wounds. 2008. Vol. 7, N 3. P. 169-175.
Zouboulis C.C., Rosenberger A.D., Forster T. et al. Modification of a device and its application for intralesional cryosurgery of old recalcitrant keloids 11 Arch. Dermatol. 2004. Vol. 140, N 10. P. 1293-1294.
Har-Shai Y„ Amar M., Sabo E. Intralesional cryotherapy for enhancing the involution of hypertrophic scars and keloids // Plast. Reconstr. Surg. 2003. Vol. Ill, N 6. P. 1841-1852.
Har-Shai Y„ Sabo E„ Rohde E. et al. Intralesional cryosurgery enhances the involution of recalcitrant auricular keloids: a new clinical approach supported by experimental studies 11 Wound Repair Regen. 2006. Vol. 14, N 1. P. 18-27.
Gupta S., Kumar B. Intralesional cryosurgery using lumbar puncture and/or hypodermic needles for large, bulky, recalcitrant keloids // Int. J. Dermatol. 2001. Vol. 40, N 5. P. 349-353.
Mirmovich O., Gil T., Goldin I. et al. Pain evaluation and control during and following the treatment of hypertrophic scars and keloids by contact and intralesional cryosurgery — a preliminary study 11 J. Eur. Acad. Dermatol. Venereol. 2012. Vol. 26, N 4. P. 440-447.
Har-Shai Y„ Dujovny E., Rohde E., Zouboulis C.C. Effect of skin surface temperature on skin pigmentation during contact and intralesional cryosurgery of keloids //J. Eur. Acad. Dermatol. Venereol. 2007. Vol. 21, N 2. P. 191-198.
Blumenkranz M.S., Claflin A., Hajek A.S. Selection of therapeutic agents for intraocular proliferative disease. Cell culture evaluation // Arch. Ophthalmol. 1984. Vol. 102, N 4. P. 598-604.
Huang L„ Wong Y.P., Cai Y.J. et al. Low-dose 5-fluorouracil induces cell cycle G2 arrest and apoptosis in keloid fibroblasts 11 Br. J. Dermatol. 2010. Vol. 163, N 6. P. 1181-1185.
Wendling J., Marchand A., Mauviel A., Verrecchia F. 5-fluorouracil blocks transforming growth factor-beta-induced alpha 2 type I collagen gene (COL1A2) expression in human fibroblasts via c-Jun NH2-terminal kinase/activator protein-1 activation 11 Mol. Pharmacol. 2003. Vol. 64, N 3. P. 707-713.
Gupta S„ Kalra A. Efficacy and safety of intralesional 5-flu-orouracil in the treatment of keloids 11 Dermatology. 2002. Vol. 204, N 2. P. 130-132.
Kontochristopoulos G., Stefanaki C„ Panagiotopoulos A. et al. Intralesional 5-fluorouracil in the treatment of keloids: an open clinical and histopathologic study 11 J. Am. Acad. Dermatol. 2005. Vol. 52, N 3. Pt 1. P. 474-479.
Bodokh L, Brun P. [Treatment of keloid with intralesional bleomycin] 11 Ann. Dermatol. Venereol. 1996. Vol. 123, N 12. P. 791-794.
Aggarwal H., Saxena A., Lubana P.S. et al. Treatment of keloids and hypertrophic scars using bleom 11 J. Cosmet. Dermatol. 2008. Vol. 7, N 1. P. 43-49.
Saray Y, Gulec A.T. Treatment of keloids and hypertrophic scars with dermojet injections of bleomycin: a preliminary study 11 Int. J. Dermatol. 2005. Vol. 44, N 9. P. 777-784.
Espana A., Solano T, Quintanilla E. Bleomycin in the treatment of keloids and hypertrophic scars by multiple needle punctures 11 Dermatol. Surg. 2001. Vol. 27, N 1. P. 23-27.
Naeini F.F., Najafian J., Ahmadpour K. Bleomycin tattooing as a promising therapeutic modality in large keloids and hypertrophic scars // Dermatol. Surg. 2006. Vol. 32, N 8. P. 1023-1029; discussion 1029-1030.
Kuo M.T., Haidle C.W Characterization of chain breakage in DNA induced by bleomycin 11 Biochim. Biophys. Acta (Nucleic Acids and Protein Synthesis). 1974. Vol. 335, N 2. P. 109-114.
Templeton S.F., Solomon A.R., Swerlick R.A. Intradermal bleomycin injections into normal human skin. A histopathologic and immunopathologic study // Arch. Dermatol. 1994. Vol. 130, N 5. P. 577-583.
Hendricks T, Martens M.E, Huyben C.M., Wobbes T. Inhibition of basal and TGF beta-induced fibroblast collagen synthesis by antineoplastic agents. Implications for wound healing 11 Br. J. Cancer. 1993. Vol. 67, N 3. P. 545-550.
Jimenez S.A., Freundlich B., Rosenbloom J. Selective inhibition of human diploid fibroblast collagen synthesis by interferons//J. Clin. Invest. 1984. Vol. 74, N 3. P. 1112-1116.
Granstein R.D., Flotte T.J., Amento E.P. Interferons and collagen production 11 J. Invest. Dermatol. 1990. Vol. 95, suppl. 6. P. 75S-80S.
Duncan M.R., Berman B. Differential regulation of glycosaminoglycan, fibronectin, and collagenase production in cultured human dermal fibroblasts by interferon-alpha,-beta, and -gamma 11 Arch. Dermatol. Res. 1989. Vol. 281, N 1. P. 11-18.
Davison S.P., Mess S., Kauffman L.C., Al-Attar A. Ineffective treatment of keloids with interferon alpha-2b // Plast. Reconstr. Surg. 2006. Vol. 117, N 1. P. 247-252.
Lee J.H., Kim S.E., Lee A.Y. Effects of interferon-alpha2b on keloid treatment with triamcinolone acetonide intralesional injection 11 Int. J. Dermatol. 2008. Vol. 47, N 2. P. 183-186.
Seo S.H., Sung H.W. Treatment of keloids and hypertrophic scars using topical and intralesional mitomycin С 11 J. Eur. Acad. Dermatol. Venereol. 2012. Vol. 26, N 5. P. 634-638.
Berman B., Patel J.K., Perez O.A. et al. Evaluating the tolerability and efficacy of etanercept compared to triamcinolone acetonide for the intralesional treatment of keloids //J. Drugs Dermatol. 2008. Vol. 7, N 8. P. 757-761.
Lee R.C., Ping J.A. Calcium antagonists retard extracellular matrix production in connective tissue equivalent 11 J. Surg. Res. 1990. Vol. 49, N 5. P. 463-466.
Doong H„ Dissanayake S., Gowrishankar T.R. et al. The 1996 Lindberg Award. Calcium antagonists alter cell shape and induce procollagenase synthesis in keloid and normal human dermal fibroblasts 11 J. Burn Care Rehabil. 1996. Vol. 17, N 6. Pt l.P. 497-514.
Giugliano G., Pasquali D., Notaro A. et al. Verapamil inhibits interleukin-6 and vascular endothelial growth factor production in primary cultures of keloid fibroblasts 11 Br. J. Plast. Surg. 2003. Vol. 56, N 8. P. 804-809.
Yang J.Y., Huang C.Y. The effect of combined steroid and calcium channel blocker injection on human hypertrophic scars in animal model: a new strategy for the treatment of hypertrophic scars // Dermatol. Surg. 2010. Vol. 36, N 12. P. 1942-1949.
Xu S.J., Teng J.Y., Xie J. et al. [Comparison of the mechanisms of intralesional steroid, interferon or verapamil injection in the treatment of proliferative scars] 11 Zhonghua Zheng Xing Wai Ke Za Zhi. 2009. Vol. 25, N 1. P. 37-40.
DAndrea E, Brongo S., Ferraro G., Baroni A. Prevention and treatment of keloids with intralesional verapamil 11 Dermatology. 2002. Vol. 204, N 1. P. 60-62.
Skaria A.M. Prevention and treatment of keloids with intralesional verapamil 11 Dermatology. 2004. Vol. 209, N 1. P. 71.
Lawrence W.T. Treatment of earlobe keloids with surgery plus adjuvant intralesional verapamil and pressure earrings 11 Ann. Plast. Surg. 1996. Vol. 37, N 2. P. 167-169.
Margaret Shanthi F.X., Ernest K., Dhanraj P. Comparison of intralesional verapamil with intralesional triamcinolone in the treatment of hypertrophic scars and keloids // Indian J. Dermatol. Venereol. Leprol. 2008. Vol. 74, N 4. P. 343-348.
Goodman G.J., Baron J.A. The management of postacne scarring 11 Dermatol. Surg. 2007. Vol. 33, N 10. P. 1175-1188.
Coleman S.R. Structural fat grafting: more than a permanent filler И Plast. Reconstr. Surg. 2006. Vol. 118, suppl. 3. P. 108S-120S.
Kasper D.A., Cohen J.L., Saxena A., Morganroth G.S. Fillers for postsurgical depressed scars after skin cancer reconstruction 11 J. Drugs Dermatol. 2008. Vol. 7, N 5. P. 486-487.
Liu R.K., Li C.H., Zou SJ. Reducing scar formation after lip repair by injecting botulinum toxin 11 Plast. Reconstr. Surg. 2010. Vol. 125, N 5. P. 1573-1574.
Xiao Z., Zhang E, Cui Z. Treatment of hypertrophic scars with intralesional botulinum toxin type A injections: a preliminary report 11 Aesthetic Plast. Surg. 2009. Vol. 33, N 3. P. 409-412.
Isaac C., Carvalho V.F., Paggiaro A.O. et al. Intralesional pentoxifylline as an adjuvant treatment for perioral post-burn hypertrophic scars 11 Burns. 2010. Vol. 36, N 6. P. 831-835.
Henry S.L., Concannon M.J., Kaplan P.A., Diaz-Arias A.A. The inhibitory effect of minocycline on hypertrophic scarring // Plast. Reconstr. Surg. 2007. Vol. 120, N 1. P. 80-88; discussion 89-90.
Davison S.P., Sobanko J.F., Clemens M.W. Use of a collageng-lycosaminoglycan copolymer (Integra) in combination with adjuvant treatments for reconstruction of severe chest keloids 11 J. Drugs Dermatol. 2010. Vol. 9, N 5. P. 542-548.
de Mesquita C.J. About strawberry, crab claws, and the Sir James Blacks invention. Hypothesis: can we battle keloids with propranolol? // Med. Hypotheses. 2010. Vol. 74, N 2. P. 353-359.
Alkhawam L., Alam M. Dermabrasion and microdermabrasion 11 Facial Plast. Surg. 2009. Vol. 25, N 5. P. 301-310.
Gold M.H. Dermabrasion in dermatology 11 Am. J. Clin. Dermatol. 2003. Vol. 4, N 7. P. 467-471.
Emsen I.M. An update on sandpaper in dermabrasion with a different and extended patient series // Aesthetic Plast. Surg. 2008. URL: https://doi.org/10.1007/s00266-008-9175-1.
Coleman W.P. 3rd, Yarborough J.M., Mandy S.H. Dermabrasion for prophylaxis and treatment of actinic keratoses // Dermatol. Surg. 1996. Vol. 22, N 1. P. 17-21.
Kirkland E.B., Gladstone H.B., Hantash B.M. What’s new in skin resurfacing and rejuvenation? 11 G. Ital. Dermatol. Venereol. 2010. Vol. 145, N 5. P. 583-596.
Harmon C. PC Dermabrasion procedures. 2011.
Cai G.B., Li H.D., Zhang Y. et al. [Full face dermabrasion for acne scars] 11 Zhonghua Zheng Xing Wai Ke Za Zhi. 2005. Vol. 21, N3. P. 192-193.
Poulos E., Taylor C., Solish N. Effectiveness of dermasanding (manual dermabrasion) on the appearance of surgical scars: a prospective, randomized, blinded study 11 J. Am. Acad. Dermatol. 2003. Vol. 48, N 6. P. 897-900.
Fabbrocini G. Chemical Peels. Medscape, 2012.
Camacho F.M. Medium-depth and deep chemical peels 11 J. Cosmet. Dermatol. 2005. Vol. 4, N 2. P. 117-128.
Rendon M.I., Berson D.S., Cohen J.L. et al. Evidence and considerations in the application of chemical peels in skin disorders and aesthetic resurfacing // J. Clin. Aesthet. Dermatol. 2010. Vol. 3, N 7. P. 32-43.
Sachdeva S. Lactic acid peeling in superficial acne scarring in Indian skin 11 J. Cosmet. Dermatol. 2010. Vol. 9, N 3. P. 246-248.
Garg V.K., Sinha S„ Sarkar R. Glycolic acid peels versus salicylic-mandelic acid peels in active acne vulgaris and postacne scarring and hyperpigmentation: a comparative study 11 Dermatol. Surg. 2009. Vol. 35, N 1. P. 59-65.
Fartasch M., Teal J., Menon G.K. Mode of action of glycolic acid on human stratum corneum: ultrastructural and functional evaluation of the epidermal barrier 11 Arch. Dermatol. Res. 1997. Vol. 289, N 7. P. 404-409.
Fabbrocini G., Cacciapuoti S., Fardella N. et al. CROSS technique: chemical reconstruction of skin scars method // Dermatol. Ther. 2008. Vol. 21, suppl. 3. P. S29-S32.
Bhardwaj D., Khunger N. An assessment of the efficacy and safety of CROSS technique with 100% TCA in the management of ice pick acne scars // J. Cutan. Aesthet. Surg. 2010. Vol. 3, N 2. P. 93-96.
Fung W, Orak D„ Re T.A., Haughey D.B. Relative bioavailability of salicylic acid following dermal application of a 30% salicylic acid skin peel preparation // J. Pharm. Sci. 2008. Vol. 97, N 3. P. 1325-1328.
Doddaballapur S. Microneedling with dermaroller 11 J. Cutan. Aesthet. Surg. 2009. Vol. 2, N 2. P. 110-111.
Sharad J. Combination of microneedling and glycolic acid peels for the treatment of acne scars in dark skin // J. Cosmet. Dermatol. 2011. Vol. 10, N 4. P. 317-323.
Majid I. Microneedling therapy in atrophic facial scars: an objective assessment 11 J. Cutan. Aesthet. Surg. 2009. Vol. 2, Nl.P. 26-30.
Badran M.M., Kuntsche J., Fahr A. Skin penetration enhancement by a microneedle device (Dermaroller) in vitro: dependency on needle size and applied formulation // Eur. J. Pharm. Sci. 2009. Vol. 36, N 4-5. P. 511-523.
Berman B„ Bieley H.C. Keloids 11 J. Am. Acad. Dermatol. 1995. Vol. 33, N 1. P. 117-123.
Rockwell W.B., Cohen I.K., Ehrlich H.P. Keloids and hypertrophic scars: a comprehensive review // Plast. Reconstr. Surg. 1989. Vol. 84, N 5. P. 827-837.
Yang Q., Ma Y„ Zhu R. et al. The effect of flashlamp pulsed dye laser on the expression of connective tissue growth factor in keloids // Lasers Surg. Med. 2012. Vol. 44, N 5. P. 377-383.
Vejjabhinanta V, Patel S„ Elsaie M„ Nouri K. Laser for scars // Lasers in Dermatology and Medicine I ed. K. Nouri. London : Springer-Verlag, 2011. P. 45-51.
Nouri K„ Jimenez G.P., Harrison-Balestra C. et al. 585-nm pulsed dye laser in the treatment of surgical scars starting on the suture removal day 11 Dermatol. Surg. 2003. Vol. 29, N 1. P. 65-73; discussion 73.
Alster T. Laser revision of scars and striae 11 Manual of Cutaneous Laser Techniques I ed. T. Alster. Philadelphia, PA : Lippincott, 2000. P. 89-107.
Dierickx C., Goldman M.P., Fitzpatrick R.E. Laser treatment of erythematous/hypertrophic and pigmented scars in 26 patients // Plast. Reconstr. Surg. 1995. Vol. 95, N 1. P. 84-90; discussion 91-92.
Alster T. Laser scar revision: comparison study of 585-nm pulsed dye laser with and without intralesional corticosteroids // Dermatol. Surg. 2003. Vol. 29, N 1. P. 25-29.
Bayat A., McGrouther D.A., Ferguson M.W. Skin scarring // BMJ. 2003. Vol. 326, N 7380. P. 88-92.
Pozner J.M., Goldberg D.J. Histologic effect of a variable pulsed Er:YAG laser 11 Dermatol. Surg. 2000. Vol. 26, N 8. P. 733-736.
Tanzi E.L., Alster T.S. Treatment of atrophic facial acne scars with a dual-mode Er:YAG laser // Dermatol. Surg. 2002. Vol. 28, N 7. P. 551-555.
Goldman M.P., Marchell N., Fitzpatrick R.E. Laser skin resurfacing of the face with a combined CO2/Er:YAG laser 11 Dermatol. Surg. 2000. Vol. 26, N 2. P. 102-104.
Friedman P.M., Jih M.H., Skover G.R. et al. Treatment of atrophic facial acne scars with the 1064-nm Q-switched Nd:YAG laser: six-month follow-up study // Arch. Dermatol. 2004. Vol. 140, N H.P. 1337-1341.
Keller R., Belda Junior W., Valente N.Y., Rodrigues C.J. Nonablative 1064-nm Nd:YAG laser for treating atrophic facial acne scars: histologic and clinical analysis 11 Dermatol. Surg. 2007. Vol. 33, N 12. P. 1470-1476.
Yaghmai D., Garden J.M., Bakus A.D., Massa M.C. Comparison of a 1064 nm laser and a 1320 nm laser for the nonablative treatment of acne scars 11 Dermatol. Surg. 2005. Vol. 31, N8. Pt l.P. 903-909.
Rogachefsky A.S., Hussain M., Goldberg D.J. Atrophic and a mixed pattern of acne scars improved with a 1320-nm Nd:YAG laser 11 Dermatol. Surg. 2003. Vol. 29, N 9. P. 904-908.
Sadick N.S., Schecter A.K. A preliminary study of utilization of the 1320-nm Nd:YAG laser for the treatment of acne scarring 11 Dermatol. Surg. 2004. Vol. 30, N 7. P. 995-1000.
Chua S.H., Ang P., Khoo L.S., Goh C.L. Nonablative 1450-nm diode laser in the treatment of facial atrophic acne scars in type IV to V Asian skin: a prospective clinical study // Dermatol. Surg. 2004. Vol. 30, N 10. P. 1287-1291.
Lupton J.R., Williams C.M., Alster T.S. Nonablative laser skin resurfacing using a 1540 nm erbium glass laser: a clinical and histologic analysis // Dermatol. Surg. 2002. Vol. 28, N 9. P. 833-835.
Alster T.S., McMeekin T.O. Improvement of facial acne scars by the 585 nm flashlamp-pumped pulsed dye laser 11 J. Am. Acad. Dermatol. 1996. Vol. 35, N 1. P. 79-81.
Cartier H. Use of intense pulsed light in the treatment of scars 11 J. Cosmet. Dermatol. 2005. Vol. 4, N l.P. 34-40.
Jih M.H., Kimyai-Asadi A. Fractional photothermolysis: a review and update 11 Semin. Cutan. Med. Surg. 2008. Vol. 27, N 1. P. 63-71.
Alster T.S., Tanzi E.L., Lazarus M. The use of fractional laser photothermolysis for the treatment of atrophic scars 11 Dermatol. Surg. 2007. Vol. 33, N 3. P. 295-299.
Lee H.S., Lee J.H., Ahn G.Y. et al. Fractional photothermolysis for the treatment of acne scars: a report of 27 Korean patients 11 J. Dermatol. Treat. 2008. Vol. 19, N 1. P. 45-49.
Graber E.M., Tanzi E.L., Alster T.S. Side effects and complications of fractional laser photothermolysis: experience with 961 treatments 11 Dermatol. Surg. 2008. Vol. 34, N 3. P. 301-305; discussion 305-307.
Avram M.M., Tope W.D., Yu T. et al. Hypertrophic scarring of the neck following ablative fractional carbon dioxide laser resurfacing 11 Lasers Surg. Med. 2009. Vol. 41, N 3. P. 185-188.
Tierney E.P., Kouba D.J., Hanke C.W. Review of fractional photothermolysis: treatment indications and efficacy 11 Dermatol. Surg. 2009. Vol. 35, N 10. P. 1445-1461.
Alster T.S. Improvement of erythematous and hypertrophic scars by the 585-nm flashlamp-pumped pulsed dye laser 11 Ann. Plast. Surg. 1994. Vol. 32, N 2. P. 186-190.
Cho S.B., Lee S.J., Chung W.S. et al. Treatment of burn scar using a carbon dioxide fractional laser 11 J. Drugs Dermatol. 2010. Vol. 9, N 2. P. 173-175.
Gilbert S. Tattoos History: A Source Book. New York, NY : Juno Books, 2000.
Lineberry C. Tattoos, Smithsonian. 2007.
Scutt R.W.B., Gotch C. Art, Sex and Symbol. London : Cornwall Books, 1985.
Goldstein N.. Sewall M. III. Tattoos in different cultures // J. Dermatol. Surg. Oncol. 1979. Vol. 5, N 11. P. 857-854.
Laumann A., Derick A. Tattoo and body piercing in the United States: a national data set // J. Am. Acad. Dermatol. 2006. Vol. 55, N 3. P. 413-421.
Armstrong M., Roberets A., Owen D. Contemporary college students and body piercing И J. Adolesc. Health. 2004. Vol. 35, N 1. P. 58-61.
Berchon E. Histoire Medicale Du Tatuage. Paris : Bailliere, 1869. P. 454-455.
Timko A.L., Miller C.H., Ross E.V. In vitro quantitative chemical analysis of tattoo pigments // Arch. Dermatol. 2001. Vol. 137. P. 143-147.
Baumler W., Eibler Е.Т., Hohenleutner U. Q-switched laser and tattoo pigments: first results of the chemical and photophysical analysis of 41 compounds 11 Laser Surg. Med. 2000. Vol. 26. P. 13-21.
Yasold R., Naarmann N., Ultrich H. et al. Tattoo pigments are cleaved by laser light — the chemical analysis in vitro provides evidence for hazardous compounds 11 Photochem. Photobiol. 2004. Vol. 80, N 2. P. 185-190.
Suchin K.R., Greenbaum S.S. Successful treatment of a cosmetic tattoo using a combination of lasers 11 Dermatol. Surg. 2004. Vol. 30. P. 105-107.
Amazon K., Robinson M.J., Rywlin A.M. Ferrugination caused by Monsel’s solution. Clinical observations and experimentations 11 Am. J. Dermatopathol. 1980. Vol. 2. P. 197-205.
Ferguson J.E., Andrew S.M., Jones C.J. The Q-switched neodymium:YAG laser and tattoos: a microscopic analysis of laser-tattoo interactions 11 Br. J. Dermatol. 1997. Vol. 137. P. 405-410.
Ross E.V., Naseef G., Lin G. et al. Comparison of responses of tattoos to picoseconds and nanosecond Q-switched neodymium:YAG lasers // Arch. Dermatol. 1998. Vol. 134. P. 167-171.
Tierney E.P., Golgberg D.J. Laser hair removal pearls // J. Cosmet. Laser Ther. 2008. Vol. 10. P. 17-23.
Wohlrab S., Stahl J., Kappeler P.M. Modifying the body: motivation for getting tattooed and pierced 11 Body Image. 2007. Vol. 4. P. 87-95.
Harris Interactive Inc. Three in Ten Americans with a Tattoo Say Having One Makes Them Feel Sexier. 2009.
Verma S., Lanigan S.W. Reasons for requesting laser removal of unwanted tattoos // Br. J. Dermatol. 1999. Vol. 140. P. 483-485.
Manchester G. Tattoo removal. A new simple technique 11 Calif. Med. 1973. Vol. 118, N 3. P. 10-12.
Boo-Chai K. The decorative tattoo — its removal by dermabrasion 11 Plast. Reconstr. Surg. 1963. Vol. 32. P. 559-563.
Clabauch W. Removal of tattoos by superficial dermabrasion 11 Arch. Dermatol. 1968. Vol. 98. P. 515-521.
Crittenden F.M. Salabrasion-removal of tattoos by superficial abrasion with table salt 11 Cutis. 1971. Vol. 7. P. 295-300.
Manchester G.H. The removal of commercial tattoos by abrasion with table salts // Plast. Reconstr. 1974. Vol. 53. P. 517-521.
Strong A.M, Jackson J.T. The removal of amateur tattoos by salabrasion 11 Br. J. Dermatol. 1979. Vol. 101. P. 693-696.
Apfelberg D.B., Manchester G.H. Decorative and traumatic tattoo biophysics and removal // Clin. Plast. Surg. 1987. Vol. 14, N 2. P. 243-251.
Roenig H.H. Jr. Tattooing-history, techniques, complications, removal 11 Clev. Clin. Q. 1971. Vol. 38. P. 179-186.
Scutt R.W.B. The chemical removal of tattoos 11 Br. J. Plast. Surg. 1972. Vol. 25. P. 189-194.
Alster T„ Apfelberg D. Cosmetic Laser Surgery. New York, NY: Wiley-Liss, 1996.
Johannesson A. A simplified method of focal salabrasion for removal of linear tattoos 11 J. Dermatol. Surg. Oncol. 1985. Vol. 11. P. 1004-1005.
Goldmn M.P., Fitzpatrick R.E. Cutaneous Laser Therapy: The Art and Science of Selective Photothermolysis. St Louis, MO : Mosby-Year Book, 1994.
Groot D.W., Arlette J.P., Johnston P.A. Comparison of the infrared and the carbon dioxide laser in the removal of decorative tattoos 11 J. Am. Acad. Dermatol. 1986. Vol. 15. P. 518-522.
Colver G.B., Cherry G.W., Dawber R.P., Ryan T.J. Tattoo removal using infrared coagulation // Br. J. Dermatol. 1985. Vol. 112. P. 481-485.
Venning V.A., Clover G.B., Millard P.R., Ryan T.J. Tattoo removal using infrared coagulation: a dose comparison // Br. J. Dermatol. 1987. Vol. 117. P. 99-105.
Leopold P.J. Cryosurgery for facial skin lesions 11 Proc. R. Soc. Med. 1975. Vol. 68. P. 606-608.
Zacarian S.A. Cryosurgery for cutaneous carcinoma 11 Dermatol. Dig. 1970. Vol. 9. P. 49-56.
Goldstein N., Penoff J., Price N. et al. Techniques of removal of tattoos 11 J. Dermatol. Surg. Oncol. 1979. Vol. 5. P. 901-910.
Morgan B.D. Tattoos // BMJ. 1974. Vol. 3. P. 34-36.
Gupta S.C. An investigation into a method for the removal of dermal tattoos: a report on animals and clinical studies // Plast. Reconstr. Surg. 1965. Vol. 36. P. 354-361.
Maimann Т.Н. Stimulated optical stimulation in ruby 11 Nature. 1960. Vol. 187. P. 493-494.
Goldman L., Blaney D.J., Kindel D.J.Jr., Franke E.K. Effect of the laser beam on the skin 11 J. Invest. Dermatol. 1963. Vol. 40. P. 121-123.
Goldman L., Rockwell R.J., Meyer R. et al. Laser treatment of tattoos: a preliminary survey of three years clinical experience 11 JAMA. 1967. Vol. 201. P. 841-844.
Brady S.C., Blockmanis A., Jewett L. Tattoo removal with the carbon dioxide laser 11 Ann. Plast. Surg. 1978. Vol. 2. P. 482-490.
McBurney E.L. Carbon dioxide laser treatment of dermatologic lesions 11 South. Med. J. 1978. Vol. 71. P. 795-797.
Reid R., Muller S. Tattoo removal by CO2 laser dermabrasion // Plast. Recosntr. Surg. 1980. Vol. 65. P. 717-728.
Kent K.M., Graber E.M. Laser tattoo removal: a review 11 Dermatol. Surg. 2012. Vol. 38. P. 1-13.
Dvir E., Hirshowitz B. Tattoo removal by cryosurgery 11 Plast. Reconstr. Surg. 1980. Vol. 66. P. 373-379.
Apfelberg D., Maser M„ Lash H. Argon laser treatment of decorative tattoos 11 Br. J. Plast. Surg. 1979. Vol. 32, N 2. P. 141-144.
Anderson R.R., Parrish J.A. Selective photothermolysis: precise microsurgery by selective absorption of pulsed radiation 11 Science. 1983. Vol. 220, N 4596. P. 524-527.
Graber E., Iyengar Y., Rohrer T., Arndt K. Laser treatment of tattoos and pigmented lesions // Surgery of the Skin: Procedural Dermatology. 2nd ed. I eds J.K. Robinson, C.W. Hanke, D.M. Siegel, A. Fratila. China : Mosby, 2010. P. 537-548.
Neimz M. Laser-Tssue Interactions: Fundamentals and Applications. 3rd ed. Berlin : Springer, 2007.
Anderson R.R. Tattoos 11 Controversies and Conversations in Cutaneous Laser Surgery I eds K.A. Arndt, J.S. Dover. Chicago, IL : AMA Press, 2002. P. 317-318.
Adatto M.A. Laser tattoo removal: benefits and caveats // Med. Laser Appl. 2004. Vol. 19. P. 175-185.
Bernstein F.F. Laser treatment of tattoos 11 Clin. Dermatol. 2006. Vol. 24. P. 43-55.
Vasold R„ Engel E„ Konig B. et al. Health risks of tattoo colors 11 Anal. Bioanal. Chem. 2008. Vol. 391. P. 9-13.
Pfirmann G., Karsai S„ Roos S. et al. Tattoo removal-state of the art // J. Dtsch. Dermatol. Ges. 2007. Vol. 5. P. 889-897.
Karsai S„ Krieger G., Raulin C. Tattoo removal by non-professionals-medical and forensic considerations 11 J. Eur. Acad. Dermatol. Venereol. 2010. Vol. 24. P. 756-762.
Taylor C.R., Gange R.W., Dover J.S. et al. Treatment of tattoos by Q-switched ruby laser. A dose response study // Arch. Dermatol. 1990. Vol. 126. P. 893-899.
Sheibner A., Kenny G., White W. et al. A superior method of tattoos removal using the Q-switched ruby laser 11 J. Dermatol. Surg. Oncol. 1990. Vol. 16. P. 1091-1098.
Ashinoff R., Geronemus R.G. Rapid response of traumatic and medical tattoos to treatment with the Q-switched ruby laser 11 Plast. Reconstr. Surg. 1993. Vol. 91. P. 841-845.
Kilmer S.L., Anderson R.R. Clinical use of the Q-switched Nd:YAG (1064 nm and 532 nm) lasers for treatment of tattoos 11 J. Dermatol. Surg. Oncol. 1993. Vol. 19. P. 330-338.
Hodersdal M., Bech-Tomsen N., Wulf H.C. Skin reflectance-guided laser selections for treatment of decorative tattoos 11 Arch. Dermatol. 1996. Vol. 132. P. 403-407.
Kilmer S.L., Lee M.S., Grevelink J.M. et al. The Q-switched Nd:YAG laser effectively treats tattoos. A controlled, dose response study// Arch. Dermatol. 1993. Vol. 129. P. 971-978.
Grevelink J.M., Duke D., van Leeuwen R.L. et al. Laser treatment of tattoos in darkly pigmented patients: efficacy and side effects // J. Am. Acad. Dermatol. 1996. Vol. 34, N 4. P. 653-656.
Jones A., Roddey P, Orengo L, Rosen T. The Q-switched Nd:YAG laser effectively treats tattoos in darkly pigmented skin 11 Dermatol. Surg. 1996. Vol. 22. P. 999-1001.
Fitzpatrick R.E., Goldman M.P. Tattoo removal using the Alexandrite laser 11 Arch. Dermatol. 1994. Vol. 130. P. 1508-1514.
Zelickson B„ Mehregan D„ Zarrin A. et al. Clinical, histological, and ultrastructural evaluation of tattoos treated with three laser systems 11 Lasers Surg. Med. 1994. Vol. 15, N 4. P. 364-372.
Leunberger M., Mulas M., Hata T. et al. Comparison of the Q-switched alexandrite, Nd:YAG, and ruby lasers in treating blue-black tattoos // Dermatol. Surg. 1999. Vol. 25, N 1. P. 10-14.
Yun P., Arndt K.A., Anderson R.R. Q-switched laser-induced chrysiasis treated with long-pulsed laser // Arch. Dermatol. 2002. Vol. 138, N 8. P. 1012-1014.
Almoallium FL, Klinkhoff A., Arthur A. et al. Laser-induced chrysiasis: disfiguring hyperpigmentation following Q-switched laser therapy in a woman previously treated with gold // J. Rheumatol. 2006. Vol. 33, N 3. P. 620-621.
Bernstein L„ Geronemus R. Keloid formation with the 585 nm pulsed dye laser during isotretinoin treatment 11 Arch. Dermatol. 1997. Vol. 133, N 1. P. 111-112.
Alissa A. Concomitant Use of Laser and Isotretinoin, How Safe. Grapevine, TX : American Society for Laser Medicine and Surgery, 2011.
Ashinoff R., Geronemus R.G. Effect of the topical anesthetic EMLA on the efficacy of the pulsed dye laser treatment of portwine stains // J. Dermatol. Surg. Oncol. 1990. Vol. 16. P. 1008-1011.
Adatto M.A. Living Skin-Decorative Tattooing and Dermatology. Basel: Editions Roche, 1993. P. 84-86.
Moreno-Arias G., Casals-Andreu M., Camps-Fresneda A. Use of Q-switched alexandrite laser (755 nm, 100 nsec) for removal of traumatic tattoos of different origin 11 Laser Surg. Med. 1999. Vol. 25, N 5. P. 445-450.
Bernstein L„ Palaia D.A., Bank D., Geronemus R.G. Tattoo formation from absorbable synthetic suture and successful removal with Q-switched ruby laser 11 Dermatol. Surg. 1996. Vol. 22, N 12. P. 1040-1042.
Miles B., Ellis E. 3rd. The neodymium:YAG laser in the treatment of traumatic tattoo: a case report 11 J. Oral Maxillofac. Surg. 2006. Vol. 64, N 5. P. 850-855.
Kunzi-Rapp K., Krahn G., Wortmann S„ Peter R. Early treatment of traumatic tattoo by erbiurmYAG laser 11 Br. J. Dermatol. 2001. Vol. 144, N 1. P. 219-221.
Cambier B., Rogge F. Traumatic tattoos: use of the variable pulsed erbium:YAG laser // Photomed. Laser Surg. 2006. Vol. 24, N 5. P. 605-609.
Fusade T., Toubel G„ Grognard C., Mazer J.M. Treatment of gunpowder traumatic tattoo by Q-switched Nd:YAG laser: an unusual adverse effect 11 Dermatol. Surg. 2000. Vol. 26. P. 1057-1059.
Taylor C.R. Laser ignition of traumatically embedded firework debris // Laser Surg. Med. 1998. Vol. 22. P. 157-158.
Antony F.C., Harland C.C. Red ink tattoo reactions: Successful treatment with the Q-switched 532 nm Nd:YAG laser 11 Br. J. Dermatol. 2003. Vol. 149, N 1. P. 94-98.
Ibrahimi O.A., Syed Z., Sakamoto F.H. et al. Treatment of tattoo allergy with ablative fractional resurfacing: a novel paradigm for tattoo removal 11 J. Am. Acad. Dermatol. 2011. Vol. 64. P. 1111-1114.
Anderson R.R., Geronemus R.G., Kilmer S.L. et al. Cosmetic tattoo ink darkening: a complication of Q-switched and pulsed laser treatment // Arch. Dermatol. 1993. Vol. 129. P. 1010-1014.
Lehmann G„ Pierchalla P. [Tattooing dyes] 11 Dermatosen Beruf Umwelt. 1988. Vol. 36. P. 152-156.
Verma S., Swanson N.A., Lee K.K. Tattoo ink darkening of a yellow tattoo after Q-switched laser treatment // Clin. Exp. Dermatol. 2002. Vol. 27. P. 461-463.
Torimoto T„ Fox R. Ill, Fox M. Photoelectric electrochemical doping of TiO2 particles and the effects of charged carrier density on the photocatalytic activity of microporous semiconductor electrode film // J. Electrochem. Soc. 1996. Vol. 143. P. 3712-3717.
Ross E.Y., Yashar S„ Michaud N. et al. Tattoo darkening and non-response after laser treatment: a possible role for titanium dioxide 11 Arch. Dermatol. 2001. Vol. 137. P. 33-37.
Tope W., Tsoukas M., Farinelli W„ Anderson R.R. Tattoo ink darkening: the effect of wavelength, fluence and pulse duration // Lasers Surg. Med. 1994. Vol. 15. P. 364.
Jacob CL Tattoo-associated dermatoses: a case report and review of the literature 11 Dermatol. Surg. 2002. Vol. 28. P. 962-965.
Ashinoff R., Levine Y.J., Soter N.A. Allergic reactions to tattoo pigment after laser treatment 11 Dermatol. Surg. 1995. Vol. 21. P. 291-294.
Izkison L., Avram M„ Anderson R.R. Transient immunoreactivity after laser tattoo removal: report of two cases 11 Lasers Surg. Med. 2008. Vol. 40, N 4. P. 231-232.
England R.W., Vogal P., Hagan L. Immediate cutaneous hypersensitivity after treatment of tattoo with Nd:YAG laser: a case report and review of the literature // Ann. Allergy Asthma Immunol. 2002. Vol. 89. P. 215-217.
Dave R., Mahaffey P.J. Successful treatment of an allergic reaction in a red tattoo with the Nd: YAG laser 11 Br. J. Plast. Surg. 2002. Vol. 55. P. 456.
Kuperman-Beade M., Levine V.J., Ashinoff R. Laser removal of tattoos 11 Am. J. Clin. Dermatol. 2001. Vol. 2, N 1. P. 21-25.
Jimenez G., Weiss E„ Spencer J.M. Multiple color changes following laser therapy of cosmetic tattoos 11 Dermatol. Surg. 2002. Vol. 28. P. 177-179.
Nelson J.S., Applebaum J. Treatment of superficial cutaneous lesions by melanin-specific selective photothermolysis using the Q-switched ruby laser 11 Ann. Plast. Surg. 1992. Vol. 29. P. 231-237.
Dover J.S., Margolis R.J., Polla L.L. et al. Pigmented guinea pig skin irradiated with Q-switched ruby laser pulses. Morphologic and histologic findings // Arch. Dermatol. 1989. Vol. 125. P. 43-49.
Polla L.L., Margolis R.J., Dover J.S. et al. Melanosomes are a primary target of Q-switched ruby laser irradiations in guinea pig skin // J. Invest. Dermatol. 1987. Vol. 89. P. 281-286.
Levine Р.С., Anderson R.R. Q-switched ruby laser treatment of pigmented lesions and tattoos // Clin. Dermatol. 1995. Vol. 13, N 1. P. 75-79.
Alora M.B., Arndt K.A., Taylor C.R. Scarring following Q-switched laser treatment of double tattoos’ 11 Arch. Dermatol. 2000. Vol. 136. P. 269-270.
Kilmer S.L., Farinelli W., Tearney G. et al. Use of a large spot size for the treatment of tattoos enhances clinical efficacy and decreases potential side effects 11 Laser Surg. Med. Suppl. 1994. Vol. 6. P. 5.
Ferguson J., August P. Evaluation of the Nd:YAG laser for treatment of amateur and professional tattoos 11 Br. J. Dermatol. 1996. Vol. 135, N 4. P. 586-591.
Anderson R.R. Dermatologic history of the ruby laser: the long story of the short pulse // Arch. Dermatol. 2003. Vol. 139. P. 70-74.
Kilmer S.L. Laser treatment of tattoos // Dermatol. Clin. 1997. Vol. 15, N 3. P. 409-417.
Kossida T., Riqopoulos D„ Katsambas A., Anderson R.R. Optimal tattoo removal in a single laser session based on the method of repeated exposures 11 J. Am. Acad. Dermatol. 2012. Vol. 66, N 2. P. 271-277.
Izikson L., Farinelli W., Sakamoto F. et al. Safety and effectiveness of black tattoo clearance in a pig model after a single treatment with a novel 758 nm 500 picosecond laser: a pilot study // Laser Surg. Med. 2010. Vol. 42, N 7. P. 640-646.
Goldman L., Igelman J.M., Richeld D.E Impact of the laser on nevi and melanomas // Arch. Dermatol. 1964. Vol. 90. P. 71-75.
Anderson R.R., Parrish J.A. Selective photothermolysis: precise microsurgery by selective absorption of pulsed irradiation 11 Science. 1983. Vol. 220. P. 524-527.
Lauback H.J., Tannous Z„ Anderson R.R., Monstein D. Skin responses to fractional photothermolysis 11 Laser Surg. 2006. Vol. 36. P. 142-149.
Hantash B.M., Bedi V.P., Sudireddy V. et al. Laser-induced transepidermal elimination of dermal contents by fractional photothermolysis // J. Biomed. Opt. 2006. Vol. 27. P. 1104-1115.
Glaich A.S., Goldberg L.H., Dai T. et al. Fractionated resurfacing: a new therapeutic modality for Becker’s nevus 11 Arch. Dermatol. 2007. Vol. 143. P. 1488-1490.
Kroon M.W., Wind B.S., Beck J.F. et al. Non-ablative 1550-nm fractional laser therapy versus triple topical therapy for the treatment of melasma: a randomized, controlled pilot study 11 J. Am. Acad. Dermatol. 2011. Vol. 64. P. 516-523.
Kouba D.J., Fincher E.F., Moy R.L. Nevus of Ota successfully treated by fractional photothermolysis using a fractionated 1440 nm Nd:YAG laser 11 Arch. Dermatol. 2008. Vol. 144. P. 156-158.
Duke D., Byers R., Sober A. J. et al. Treatment of benign and atypical nevi with the normalmode ruby laser and the Q-switched ruby laser 11 Arch. Dermatol. 1999. Vol. 135. P. 290-296.
Raulin C., Greeve B. (ed.). Lasers und IPL-Technologie in der Dermatologie und Asthetschen Medizin. 1st ed. Stuttgart : Schattaur, 2001.
Goldman M.P. Treatment of benign vascular lesions with the PhotoDerm VL, high intensity pulsed light source 11 Adv. Dermatol. 1998. Vol. 13. P. 503-521.
Stankiewicz K., Chuang G., Avram M. Lentigines, laser, and melanoma: a case series and discussion H Lasers Surg. Med. 2012. Vol. 44, N 2. P. 112-116.
Kilmer S.L., Garden J.M. Laser treatment of pigmented lesions and tattoos 11 Semin. Cutan. Med. Surg. 2000. Vol. 19, N 4. P. 232-244.
Watanabe S„ Anderson R.R., Brorson S. et al. Comparative studies of femtosecond to microsecond laser pulses on selective pigmented cell injury in skin // Photochem. Photobiol. 1991.Vol. 53. P. 757-762.
Goldberg D.J. Laser treatment of pigmented lesions 11 Dermatol. Clin. 1997. Vol. 15. P. 397-407.
Kilmer S.L., Wheeland R.G., Goldberg D.J., Anderson R.R. Treatment of epidermal pigmented lesions with the frequency-doubled Q switched Nd:YAG laser: a controlled, singleimpact, dose-response, multicenter trial 11 Arch. Dermatol. 1994. Vol. 130. P. 1515-1519.
Taylor C.R., Anderson R.R. Treatment of benign pigmented epidermal lesions by QS ruby laser 11 Int. J. Dermatol. 1993. Vol. 32. P. 908-912.
Kawada A., Shiraishi H„ Asai M. et al. Clinical improvement of solar lentigines and ephelides with an intense pulsed light source II Dermatol. Surg. 2002. Vol. 28. P. 504-508.
Но S.G., Yeung С.К., Chan N.P. et al. A comparison of Q-switched and long-pulsed alexandrite laser for the treatment of freckles and lentigines in oriental patients // Lasers Surg. Med. 2011. Vol. 43. P. 108-113.
Kundu R.V., Joshi S.S., Suh K.Y. et al. Comparison of electrodesiccation and potassium-titanyl-phosphate laser for treatment of dermatosis papulosa nigra 11 Dermatol. Surg. 2009. Vol. 35. P. 1079-1083.
Garcia M.S., Azari R„ Eisen D.B. Treatment of dermatosis papulosa nigra in 10 patients: a comparison trial of electrodesiccation, pulsed dye laser, and curettage 11 Dermatol. Surg. 2010.Vol. 36. P. 1968-1972.
Breathnach A.S. Melanocyte distribution in forearm epidermis of freckled human subjects 11 J. Invest. Dermatol. 1957. Vol. 29. P. 253-261.
Duray TH. Cafe-au-Lait spots // Clinical Dermatology. 19th ed. I ed. D.J. Demis. Philadelphia, PA : J.B. Lippincott, 1992.
Carpo G.B., Grevelink J.M., Grevelink S.V Laser treatment of pigmented lesions in children 11 Semin. Cutan. Med. Surg. 1999.Vol. 18. P. 233-243.
Shimbashi T, Kamide R„ Hashimoto T. Long-term followup in treatment of solar lentigo and cafe-au-lait macules with Q-switched ruby laser 11 Aesthetic Plast. Surg. 1997. Vol. 21. P. 445-448.
Kopf A.W., Levine I.J., Rigel D.S. et al. Congenital nevus-like nevi, nevi spili, and Cafe-au-Lait spots in patients with malignant melanoma 11 J. Dermatol. Surg. Oncol. 1985. Vol. 11. P. 275-280.
Stern J.B., Haupt H.M., Aaronson C.M. Malignant melanon-ma in a speckled zosteriform lentiginous nevus // Int. J. Dermatol. 1990. Vol. 29. P. 583-584.
Rutten A., Goos M. Nevus spilus with malignant melanoma in a patient with neurofibromatosis 11 Arch. Dermatol. 1990. Vol. 126. P. 539-540.
Abecassis S., Spatz A., Cazeneuve C. et al. Melanoma within nevus spilus: 5 cases // Ann. Dermatol. Venereol. 2006. Vol. 133. P. 323-328.
Moreno-Arias G.A., Bull E, Vilata-Corell J.J., Camps-Fresne-da A. Treatment of wide-spread segmental nevus spilus by Q-switched alexandrite laser (755-nm, 100 nsec) // Dermatol. Surg. 2001. Vol. 27. P. 841-843.
Grevelink J.M., Gonzalez S„ Bonoan R. et al. Treatment of nevus spilus with the Q-switched ruby laser 11 Dermatol. Surg. 1997.Vol. 23. P. 365-369.
Gold M.H., Foster T.D., Bell M.W. Nevus spilus successfully treated with an intense pulsed light source 11 Dermatol. Surg. 1999. Vol. 25. P. 254-255.
Fitzpatrick R.E., Goldman M.P., Ruiz-Esparza J. Clinical advantage of the CO2 laser superficial mode. Treatment of verruca vulgaris, seborrheic keratoses and actinic cheilitis 11 J. Dermatol. Surg. Oncol. 1994. Vol. 20. P. 449-456.
Khatri K.A. Ablation of cutaneous lesions using an erbi-um:YAG laser П J. Cosmet. Laser Ther. 2003. Vol. 5. P. 150— 153.
Mehrabi D., Brodell R.T. Use of alexandrite laser for treatment of seborrheic keratoses // Dermatol. Surg. 2002. Vol. 28. P. 437-439.
Winstanley D., Blalock T„ Houghton N„ Ross E.V. Treatment of benign pigmented lesions using a long-pulse alexandrite laser // J. Drugs Dermatol. 2012. Vol. 11, N 11. P. 1327-1330.
Raulin C., Schonermark M.P., Breve B., Werner S. Q-switched ruby laser treatment of tattoos and benign pigmented skin lesions: a critical review // Ann. Plast. Surg. 1998. Vol. 41, N 5. P. 555-565.
Polder K.D., Mithani A., Harrison A., Bruce S. Treatment of macular seborrheic keratoses using a novel 1927 nm fractional thalium fiber laser 11 Dermatol. Surg. 2012. Vol. 38, N 7. Pt 1. P. 1025-1031.
Chapel T.A., Tavafoghi V, Mehregan A.H. Beckers melanosis: an organoid hamartoma И Cutis. 1981. Vol. 27. P. 405-406.
Heneke E. The dermal component in melanosis naeviformis Becker // J. Cutan. Pathol. 1979. Vol. 6. P. 53-58.
Nanni C.A., Alster T.S. Treatment of a Beckers nevus using a 694 nm log-pulsed ruby laser 11 Dermatol. Surg. 1998. Vol. 24. P. 1032-1034.
Kopera D., Hohenleutner U., Landthaler M. Quality-switched ruby laser treatment of solar lentigens and Beckers nevus: a histological and immunohistochemical study // Dermatology. 1997. Vol. 194. P. 338-343.
Tse Y, Levine V.J., McClain S.A., Ashinoff R. The removal of cutaneous pigmented lesions with Q-switched ruby laser and the Q-switched Nd:YAG laser: a comparative study 11 J. Dermatol. Surg. Oncol. 1994. Vol. 20. P. 795-800.
Kimbrough-Green C.K., Griffiths C.E., Finkel I.J. et al. Topical retinoic acid (tretinoin) for melasma in black patients: a vehicle-controlled clinical trial 11 Arch. Dermatol. 1994. Vol. 130. P. 727-731.
Hassan L, Kaur L, Sialy R., Dash RJ. Hormonal milieu in maintenance of melasma in fertile women // J. Dermatol. 1998.Vol. 25, N 8. P. 510-512.
Lawrence N„ Cox S.E., Brody H.J. Treatment of melasma with Jessner’s solution versus glycolic acid: a comparison of clinical efficacy and evaluation of the predictive ability of Wood’s light examination 11 J. Am. Acad. Dermatol. 1997. Vol. 36, N 4. P. 589-593.
Kodali S„ Guevara I.L., Carrigan C.R. et al. A prospective, randomized, split-face, controlled trial of salicylic acid peels in the treatment of melasma in Latin American women 11 J. Am. Acad. Dermatol. 2010. Vol. 63, N 6. P. 1030-1035.
Balina L.M., Graup K. The treatment of melasma: 20% azelaic acid versus 4% hydroquinone cream 11 Int. J. Dermatol. 1991. Vol. 30, N 12. P. 893-895.
Sanchez N.P., Pathak M.A., Sato S. et al. Melasma: a clinical, light microscopic, ultrasructural, and immunofluorescenece study 11 J. Am. Acad. Dermatol. 1981. Vol. 4. P. 698-710.
Yoshimura K„ Sato K., Aiba-Kojima E. et al. Repeated treatment protocols for melasma and acquired dermal melanocy-tosis II Dermatol. Surg. 2006. Vol. 32. P. 365-371.
Suh K.S., Sung J.Y., Roh H.J. et al. Efficacy of the 1064-nm Q-switched Nd:YAG laser in melasma // J. Dermatol. Treat. 2011.Vol. 22. P. 233-238.
Cho S.B., Kim J.S., Kim M.J. Melasma treatment in Korean women using a 1064-nm Q-switched Nd:YAG laser with low pulse energy 11 Clin. Exp. Dermatol. 2009. Vol. 34. P. e847-e850.
Jeong S.Y., Shin J.B., Yeo U.C. et al. Low-fluence Q-switched neodymium-doped yttrium aluminum garnet laser for melasma with pre- or post-treatment triple combination cream // Dermatol. Surg. 2010. Vol. 36. P. 909-918.
Angsuwarangsee S., Polnikorn N. Combined ultrapulse CO, laser and Q-switched alexandrite laser compared with Q-switched alexandrite laser alone for refractory melasma: split-face design // Dermatol. Surg. 2003. Vol. 29. P. 59-64.
Nouri K., Bowes L., Chartier T. et al. Combination treatment of melasma with pulsed CO2 laser followed by Q-switched alexandrite laser: a pilot study // Dermatol. Surg. 1999. Vol. 25. P. 494-497.
Trelles M.A., Velez M., Gold M.H. The treatment of melasma with topical creams alone, CO, fractional ablative resurfacing alone, or a combination of the two: a comparative study 11 J. Drugs Dermatol. 2010. Vol. 9. P. 315-322.
Manaloto R.M., Alster T. ErbiurmYAG laser resurfacing for refractory melasma 11 Dermatol. Surg. 1999. Vol. 25. P. 121-123.
Wanitphakdeedecha R„ Manuskiatti W., Siriphukpong S., Chen T.M. Treatment of melasma using variable square pulse Er:YAG laser resurfacing 11 Dermatol. Surg. 2009. Vol. 35. P. 475-481.
Taylor C.R., Anderson R.R. Ineffective treatment of refractory melasma and post-inflammatory hyperpigmentation by Q-switched laser 11 J. Dermatol. Surg. Oncol. 1994. Vol. 20. P. 592-597.
Goldberg G.J. Benign pigmented lesions of the skin. Treatment with Q-switched ruby laser // J. Dermatol. Surg. Oncol. 1993.Vol. 19. P. 376-379.
Grekin R.C., Shelton R.M., Geisse J.K., Frieden I. 510-nm pigmented lesion dye laser, its characteristics and clinical uses // J. Dermatol. Surg. Oncol. 1993. Vol. 19. P. 380-387.
Moreno-Arias G.A., Ferrando J. Intense pulsed light for melanocytic lesions 11 Dermatol. Surg. 2001. Vol. 27. P. 397-400.
Wang C.C., Hui C.Y, Sue Y.M. et al. Intense pulsed light for the treatment of referactory melasma in Asian persons 11 Dermatol. Surg. 2004. Vol. 30. P. 1196-1200.
Kauvar A.N. Successful treatment of melasma using a combination of microdermabrasion and Q-switched Nd:YAG lasers 11 Lasers Surg. Med. 2012. Vol. 44, N 2. P. 117-124.
Rhodes A.R. Neoplasm: benign neoplasma, hyperplasias, and dysplasias of melanocytes 11 Dermatology in General Medicine. 3rd ed. I eds T.B. Fitzpatrick, A.Z. Eisen, E. Wolff et al. New York, NY : McGraw-Hill, 1987.
Beral V, Evans S., Shaw H., Milton G. Cutaneous factors related to the risk of malignant melanoma // Br. J. Dermatol. 1983.Vol. 109. P. 165-172.
Osterlind A., Tucker M.A., Hou-Jensen K. et al. A Danish case-control study of cutaneous malignant melanoma. 1. Importance of host factors 11 Int. J. Cancer 1988. Vol. 42. P. 200-206.
Mackie R.M., Watt D., Doherty V, Aitchison T. Malignant melanonma occurring in those aged under 30 in the west of Scotland, 1979-1986: a study of incidence, clinical features, and survival 11 Br. J. Dermatol. 1991. Vol. 124. P. 560-564.
Trozak D.J., Rowland W.D., Hu F. Metastatic melanoma in prepubertal children // Pediatrics. 1975. Vol. 55. P. 191-204.
Reda A.M., Taha I.R., Riad H.A. Clinical and histological effect of a single treatment of normal mode alexandrite (755 nm) laser on small melanocytic nevi // J. Cutan. Laser Ther. 1999. Vol. 1. P. 209-215.
Baba M., Bal N. Efficacy and safety of the short-pulse erbium:YAG laser in the treatment of acquired melanocytic nevi 11 Dermatol. Surg. 2006. Vol. 32. P. 256-260.
Alikhan A., Ibrahimi O.A., Eisen D.B. Congenital melanocytic nevi: where are we now? Part I. Clinical presentation, epidemiology, pathogenesis, histology, malignant transformation, and neurocutaneous melanosis 11 J. Am. Acad. Dermatol. 2012. Vol. 67, N 4. P. 495.el-el7.
Ibrahimi O.A., Alikhan A., Eisen D.B. Congenital melanocytic nevi: where are we now? Part II. Treatment options and approach to treatment 11 J. Am. Acad. Dermatol. 2012. Vol. 67, N4. P. 515.el-el3.
Rhodes A.R., Weinstock M.A., Fitzpatrick T.B. et al. Risk factors for cutaneous melanoma: a practical method of recognizing predisposed individuals // JAMA. 1987. Vol. 258. P. 3146-3154.
Illig L., Weidner F„ Hundeiker M. et al. Congenital nevi <10 cm as precursor to melanoma: 52 cases, a review, and a new conception // Arch. Dermatol. 1985. Vol. 121. P. 1274-1281.
Rhodes A.R., Sober A.J., Day C.L. et al. The malignant potential of small congenital nevocellular nevi: an estimate of association based on a histologic study of 234 primary cutaneous melanomas // J. Am. Acad. Dermatol. 1982. Vol. 6. P. 230-241.
Rhodes A.R., Melski J.W. Small congenital nevocellular nevi and the risk of cutaneous melanoma 11 J. Pediatr. 1982. Vol. 100. P. 219-224.
Krengel S., Hauschild A., Schafer T. Melanoma risk in congenital melanocytic naevi: a systematic review 11 Br. J. Dermatol. 2006. Vol. 155. P. 1-8.
Pers M. Naevus pigmentosus giganticus: Indikationer fur operative Behandling // Ungeskrift. Laeger. 1963. Vol. 125. P. 613-619.
Greevelink J.M., van Leeuwen R.L., Anderson R.R., Byers H.R. Clinical and histological responses of congenital melanocytic nevi after single treatment with QSL // Arch. Dermatol. 1997. Vol. 133. P. 349-352.
Kono T„ Erlogen A.R., Nozaki M. Treatment of congenital melanocytic nevi using the combined (normal-mode plus Q-switched) ruby laser in Asians: clinical response in relation to histological type 11 Ann. Plast. Surg. 2005. Vol. 54. P. 494-501.
Imayama S., Ueda S. Long and short-term histological observations of congenital nevi, treated with the normal-mode ruby laser 11 Arch. Dermatol. 1999. Vol. 135. P. 1211-1218.
Turnbull J.R., Assaf Ch., Zouboulis C., Tebbe B. Bilateral nevus of Ota: a rare manifestation in a Caucasian //J. Eur. Acad. Dermatol. Venereol. 2004. Vol. 18. P. 353-355.
Hori Y, Kawashima M., Oohara K., Kukita A. Acquired bilateral nevus of Ota-like macules //J. Am. Acad. Dermatol. 1984.Vol. 10. P. 961-964.
Mizoguchi M., Murakami E, Ito M. et al. Clinical, pathological and etiologic aspects of acquired dermal melanocytosis // Pigment. Cell Res. 1997. Vol. 10. P. 176-183.
Dorsey C.S., Mongomery H. Blue nevus and its distinction from Mongolian spot in the nevus of Ota 11 J. Invest. Dermatol. 1954. Vol. 22. P. 225-236.
Lowe N.J., Winder J.M., Sawcer D. et al. Nevus of Ota: treatment with high energy fluencies of the Q-switched ruby laser 11 J. Am. Acad. Dermatol. 1993. Vol. 29. P. 997-1001.
Chan H.H., Leung R.S., Ying S.Y et al. A retrospective analysis of complications in the treatment of nevus of Ota with the Q-switched alexandrite and Q-switched Nd:YAG lasers 11 Dermatol. Surg. 2000. Vol. 26. P. 1000-1006.
Moreno-Arias G.A., Camps-Fresneda A. Treatment of nevus of Ota with the Q-switched alexandrite laser 11 Laser Surg. Med. 2001. Vol. 28. P. 451-455.
Kono T, Chan H.H., Ercocen A.R. et al. Use of Q-switched ruby laser in the treatment of nevus of Ota in different age groups // Laser Surg. Med. 2003. Vol. 32. P. 391-395.
Chan H.H., Lam L.K., Wong D.S. et al. Nevus of Ota: a new classification based on the response to laser treatment // Laser Surg. Med. 2001. Vol. 28. P. 267-272.
Lam A.Y., Wong D.S., Lam L.K. et al. A retrospective study on the efficacy and complications of Q-switched alexandrite laser in the treatment of acquired bilateral nevus of Ota-like macules 11 Dermatol. Surg. 2001. Vol. 27. P. 937-942.
Polnikorn N., Tanrattanakorn S„ Goldberg D.J. Treatment of Hori’s nevus with the Q-switched Nd:YAG laser // Dermatol. Surg. 2000. Vol. 26. P. 477-480.
Lee B., Kim Y.C., Kang W.H., Lee E.S. Comparison of characteristics of acquired bilateral nevus of Ota-like macules and nevus of Ota, according to therapeutic outcome 11 J. Korean Med. Sci. 2004. Vol. 19. P. 554-559.
Vergas G„ Chan K., Thomsen S„ Welch A. Use of osmotically active agents to alter optical properties of tissues: effects on the detected fluorescence signal measured through skin 11 Lasers Surg. Med. 2001. Vol. 29, N 3. P. 213-220.
McNicholas R., Fox M., Gowda A. et al. Temporary dermal scatter reduction quantitative assessment and implications for improved laser tattoo removal // Lasers Surg. Med. 2005. Vol. 36, N 4. P. 289-296.
Kobayashi H., Togashi K. CT of tattoos removed with laser therapy // Am. J. Roentgenol. 2000. Vol. 174. P. 1468-1469.
Baumler W., Eibler E.T., Hohenleuter U. et al. Q-switched laser and tattoo pigments: first results of the chemical and photophysical analysis of 41 compounds 11 Lasers Surg. Med. 2000.Vol. 26. P. 13-21.
Taylor C.R., Gange R.W., Dover J.S. et al. Treatment of tattoos by Q-switched ruby laser. A dose response study 11 Arch. Dermatol. 1990. Vol. 126. P. 893-899.
Ball Arefiev K.L., Hantash В.М. Advances in the treatment of melasma: a review of the recent literature 11 Dermatol. Surg. 2012.Vol. 38. P. 971-984.
Sheth V.M., Pandya A.G. Melasma: a comprehensive update: part 111 J. Am. Acad. Dermatol. 2011. Vol. 65, N 4. P. 689-697.
Pawaskar M.D., Parikh P., Markowski T. et al. Melasma and its impact on health-related quality of life in Hispanic women // J. Dermatol. Treat. 2007. Vol. 18. P. 5-9.
Passeron T: Melasma pathogenesis and influencing factors — an overview of the latest research //J. Eur. Acad. Dermatol. Venereol. 2013. Vol. 27, suppl. 1. P. 5-6.
Kang H.Y., Suzuki I., Lee D.J. et al. Transcriptional profiling shows altered expression of Wnt pathway and lipid metabolism-related genes as well as melanogenesis-related genes in melasma 11 J. Invest. Dermatol. 2011. Vol. 131, N 8. P. 1692-1700.
Kang H.Y., Bahadoran P., Suzuki I. et al. In vivo reflectance confocal microscopy detects pigmentary changes in melasma at a cellular level resolution // Exp. Dermatol. 2010. Vol. 19. P. e228-e233.
Sanchez N.P., Pathak M.A., Sato S. et al. Melasma: a clinical, light microscopic, ultrastructural, and immunofluorescence study 11 J. Am. Acad. Dermatol. 1981. Vol. 4, N 6. P. 698-710.
Ardigo M., Cameli N., Berardesca E., Gonzalez S. Characterization and evaluation of pigment distribution and response to therapy in melasma using in vivo reflectance confocal microscopy: a preliminary study 11 J. Eur. Acad. Dermatol. Venereol. 2010.Vol. 24, N 11. P. 1296-1303.
Grimes Р.Е., Yamada N., Bhawan J. Light microscopic, immunohistochemical, and ultrastructural alterations in patients with melasma 11 Am. J. Dermatopathol. 2005. Vol. 27. P. 96-101.
Sarvjot V., Sharma S., Mishra S., Singh A. Melasma: a clinico-pathological study of 43 cases 11 Indian J. Pathol. Microbiol. 2009.Vol. 52. P. 357-359.
Wu S„ Shi H., Wu H. et al. Treatment of melasma with oral administration of tranexamic acid 11 Aesthetic Plast. Surg. 2012. Vol. 36. P. 964-970.
Sheth V.M., Pandya A.G. Melasma: a comprehensive update: part II // J. Am. Acad. Dermatol. 2011. Vol. 65, N 4. P. 699-714.
Grimes P.E., Bhawan J., Guevara I.L. et al. Continuous therapy followed by a maintenance therapy regimen with a triple combination cream for melasma 11 J. Am. Acad. Dermatol. 2010.Vol. 62, N 6. P. 962-967.
DeCaprio A.P. The toxicology of hydroquinone-relevance to occupational and environmental exposure 11 Crit. Rev. Toxicol. 1999. Vol. 29, N 3. P. 283-330.
Lyon C.C., Beck M.H. Contact hypersensitivity to monobenzyl ether of hydroquinone used to treat vitiligo // Contact Dermatitis. 1998. Vol. 39, N 3. P. 132-133.
Tse T.W. Hydroquinone for skin lightening: safety profile, duration of use and when should we stop? 11 J. Dermatol. Treat. 2010. Vol. 21, N 5. P. 272-275.
Frenk E„ Loi-Zedda P. Occupational depigmentation due to a hydroquinone-containing photographic developer 11 Contact Dermatitis. 1980. Vol. 6, N 3. P. 238-239.
Kersey P, Stevenson CJ. Vitiligo and occupational exposure to hydroquinone from servicing self-photographing machines 11 Contact Dermatitis. 1981. Vol. 7, N 5. P. 285-287.
Levitt J. The safety of hydroquinone: a dermatologist’s response to the 2006 Federal Register //J. Am. Acad. Dermatol. 2007.Vol. 57, N 5. P. 854-872.
Food and Drug Administration: Hydroquinone Studies Under The National Toxicology Program. Silver Spring, MD, 2010. URL: http://www.fda. gov/AboutFDA/CentersOf ces/ Of ceofMedicalProduct- sandTobacco/ CDER/ ucm203112. htm. (date of access September 1,2012)
Cestari T„ Adjadj L., Них M. et al. Cost effectiveness of a fixed combination of hydroquinone/tretinoin/fluocinolone cream compared with hydroquinone alone in the treatment of melasma 11 J. Drugs Dermatol. 2007. Vol. 6, N 2. P. 153-160.
Food and Drug Administration: Triluma FDA final printed labeling. Silver Spring, MD, 2002. URL: http://www.access-data.fda.gov/drugsatfda_docs/label/2002/211121bl.pdf. (date of access September 1, 2012)
Torok H.M. A comprehensive review of the long-term and short-term treatment of melasma with a triple combination cream 11 Am. J. Clin. Dermatol. 2006. Vol. 7, N 4. P. 223-230.
Bhawan J., Grimes P., Pandya A.G. et al. A histological examination for skin atrophy after 6 months of treatment with fluocinolone acetonide 0.01% hydroquinone 4% and tretinoin 0.05% cream 11 Am. J. Dermatopathol. 2009. Vol. 31, N 8. P. 794-798.
Draelos Z.D. Skin lightening preparations and the hydroquinone controversy 11 Dermatol. Ther. 2007. Vol. 20, N 5. P. 308-313.
Keeling J., Cardona L„ Benitez A. et al. Mequinol 2%tretinoin 0.01%topical solution for the treatment of melasma in men: a case series and review of the literature 11 Cutis. 2008. Vol. 81, N 2. P. 179-183.
Dogra S„ Kanwar A.J., Parsad D. Adapalene in the treatment of melasma: a preliminary report 11 J. Dermatol. 2002. Vol. 29, N 8. P. 539-540.
Balina L.M., Graupe K. The treatment of melasma. 20% azelaic acid versus 4% hydroquinone cream 11 Int. J. Dermatol. 1991. Vol. 30, N 12. P. 893-895.
Garcia A., Fulton J.E. Jr. The combination of glycolic acid and hydroquinone or kojic acid for the treatment of melasma and related conditions 11 Dermatol. Surg. 1996. Vol. 22, N 5. P. 443-447.
Espinal-Perez L.E., Moncada B., Castanedo-Cazares J.P. A double-blind randomized trial of 5% ascorbic acid vs 4% hydroquinone in melasma 11 Int. J. Dermatol. 2004. Vol. 43, N 8. P. 604-607.
Ertam L, Mutlu B., Unal I. et al. Efficiency of ellagic acid and arbutin in melasma: a randomized, prospective, open-label study 11 J. Dermatol. 2008. Vol. 35, N 9. P. 570-574.
Khemis A., Kaiafa A., Queille-Roussel C. et al. Evaluation of efficacy and safety of rucinol serum in patients with melasma: a randomized controlled trial 11 Br. J. Dermatol. 2007. Vol. 156, N 5. P. 997-1004.
Hantash B.M., Jimenez F. A split-face, double-blind, randomized and placebo-controlled pilot evaluation of a novel oligopeptide for the treatment of recalcitrant melasma // J. Drugs Dermatol. 2009. Vol. 8, N 8. P. 732-735.
Amer M., Metwalli M. Topical liquiritin improves melasma 11 Int. J. Dermatol. 2000. Vol. 39, N 4. P. 299-301.
Arellano L, Cestari T, Ocampo-Candiani J. et al. Preventing melasma recurrence: prescribing a maintenance regimen with an effective triple combination cream based on longstanding clinical severity // J. Eur. Acad. Dermatol. Venereol. 2012. Vol. 26, N 5. P. 611-618.
Wolf R., Matz H., Orion E., Lipozencic J. Sunscreens — the ultimate cosmetic 11 Acta Dermatovenerol. Croat. 2003. Vol. 11, N3. P. 158-162.
Moseley H., Cameron H., MacLeod T. et al. New sunscreens confer improved protection for photosensitive patients in the blue light region 11 Br. J. Dermatol. 2001. Vol. 145, N 5. P. 789-794.
Bissonnette R., Nigen S., Bolduc C. et al. Protection afforded by sunscreens containing inorganic sunscreening agents against blue light sensitivity induced by aminolevulinic acid 11 Dermatol. Surg. 2008. Vol. 34, N 11. P. 1469-1476.
Wang S.Q., Stanfield J.W, Osterwalder U. In vitro assessments of UVA protection by popular sunscreens available in the United States 11 J. Am. Acad. Dermatol. 2008. Vol. 59. P. 934-942.
Vazquez M., Sanchez J.L. The efficacy of a broad-spectrum sunscreen in the treatment of melasma // Cutis. 1983. Vol. 32, N 1. P. 92, 95-96.
Fischer T.C., Perosino E., Poli F. et al.; Cosmetic Dermatology European Expert Group. Chemical peels in aesthetic dermatology: an update 2009 // J. Eur. Acad. Dermatol. Venereol. 2010. Vol. 24, N 3. P. 281-292.
Rendon M.I., Berson D.S., Cohen J.L. et al. Evidence and considerations in the application of chemical peels in skin disorders and aesthetic resurfacing // J. Clin. Aesthet. Dermatol. 2010. Vol. 3, N 7. P. 32-43.
Gupta R.R., Mahajan B.B., Garg G. Chemical peeling-evaluation of glycolic acid in varying concentrations and time intervals 11 Indian J. Dermatol. Venereol. Leprol. 2001. Vol. 67, N1. P. 28-29.
Zakopoulou N.. Kontochristopoulos G. Superficial chemical peels 11 J. Cosmet. Dermatol. 2006. Vol. 5, N 3. P. 246-253.
Van Scott E.J., Yu R.J. Hyperkeratinization, corneocyte cohesion, and alpha hydroxy acids 11 J. Am. Acad. Dermatol. 1984. Vol. 11, N5. Pt l.P. 867-879.
Usuki A., Ohashi A., Sato H. et al. The inhibitory effect of glycolic acid and lactic acid on melanin synthesis in melanoma cells 11 Exp. Dermatol. 2003. Vol. 12, suppl. 2. P. 43-50.
Sarkar R., Kaur C., Bhalla M., Kanwar A.J. The combination of glycolic acid peels with a topical regimen in the treatment of melasma in dark-skinned patients: a comparative study // Dermatol. Surg. 2002. Vol. 28, N 9. P. 828-832.
Faghihi G., Shahingohar A., Siadat A.H. Comparison between 1% tretinoin peeling versus 70% glycolic acid peeling in the treatment of female patients with melasma 11 J. Drugs Dermatol. 2011. Vol. 10, N 12. P. 1439-1442.
Ilknur T, Bigak M.U., Demirtaoglu M., Ozkan S. Glycolic acid peels versus amino fruit acid peels in the treatment of melasma 11 Dermatol. Surg. 2010. Vol. 36, N 4. P. 490-495.
El-Domyati M.B., Attia S.K., Saleh F.Y. et al. Trichloroacetic acid peeling versus dermabrasion: a histometric, immunohistochemical, and ultrastructural comparison // Dermatol. Surg. 2004. Vol. 30, N 2. Pt 1. P. 179-188.
Clark E., Scerri L. Superficial and medium-depth chemical peels II Clin. Dermatol. 2008. Vol. 26, N 2. P. 209-218.
Kumari R., Тарра D.M. Comparative study of trichloroacetic acid versus glycolic acid chemical peels in the treatment of melasma // Indian J. Dermatol. Venereol. Leprol. 2010. Vol. 76, N 4. P. 447.
Lawrence N„ Cox S.E., Brody H.J. Treatment of melasma with Jessner’s solution versus glycolic acid: a comparison of clinical efficacy and evaluation of the predictive ability of Wood’s light examination 11 J. Am. Acad. Dermatol. 1997. Vol. 36, N 4. P. 589-593.
Isoda M., Ueda S., Imayama S., Tsukahara K. New formulation of chemical peeling agent: histological evaluation in sun damaged skin model in hairless mice 11 J. Dermatol. Sci. 2001. Vol. 27, suppl. 1. P. S60-S67.
Ejaz A., Raza N., Iftikhar N., Muzzafar F. Comparison of 30% salicylic acid with Jessner’s solution for superficial chemical peeling in epidermal melasma 11 J. Coll. Physicians Surg. Pak. 2008.Vol. 18, N 4. P. 205-208.
Kodali S., Guevara I.L., Carrigan C.R. et al. A prospective, randomized, split-face, controlled trial of salicylic acid peels in the treatment of melasma in Latin American women // J. Am. Acad. Dermatol. 2010. Vol. 63, N 6. P. 1030-1035.
Chun E.Y., Lee J.B., Lee K.H. Focal trichloroacetic acid peel method for benign pigmented lesions in dark-skinned patients II Dermatol. Surg. 2004. Vol. 30, N 4. Pt 1. P. 512-516.
Grimes P.E. Melasma. Etiologic and therapeutic considerations 11 Arch. Dermatol. 1995. Vol. 131, N 12. P. 1453-1457.
Passeron T., Fontas E., Kang H.Y. et al. Melasma treatment with pulsed-dye laser and triple combination cream: a prospective, randomized, single-blind, split-face study // Arch. Dermatol. 2011. Vol. 147, N 9. P. 1106-1108.
Angsuwarangsee S.A., Polnikorn N. Combined ultrapulse CO2 laser and Q-switched alexandrite laser compared with Q-switched alexandrite laser alone for refractory melasma: split-face design // Dermatol. Surg. 2003. Vol. 29. P. 59-64.
Nouri K„ Bowes L., Chartier T. et al. Combination treatment of melasma with pulsed C02 laser followed by Q-switched Alexandrite laser: a pilot study 11 Dermatol. Surg. 1999. Vol. 25. P. 494-497.
Manaloto R.M., Alster T. ErbiurmYAG laser resurfacing for refractory melasma 11 Dermatol. Surg. 1999. Vol. 25. P. 121-123.
Sherling M., Friedman P.M., Adrian R. et al. Consensus recommendations on the use of an erbium-doped 1550-nm fractionated laser and its applications in dermatologic laser surgery// Dermatol. Surg. 2010. Vol. 36, N 4. P. 461-469.
Manstein D., Herron G.S., Sink R.K. et al. Fractional photothermolysis: a new concept for cutaneous remodeling using microscopic patterns of thermal injury // Lasers Surg. Med. 2004.Vol. 34. P. 426-438.
Rokhsar C.K., Fitzpatrick R.E. The treatment of melasma with fractional photothermolysis: a pilot study 11 Dermatol. Surg. 2005.Vol. 31, N 12. P. 1645-1650.
Tannous Z.S., Astner S. Utilizing fractional resurfacing in the treatment of therapy-resistant melasma 11 J. Cosmet. Laser Then 2005. Vol. 7. P. 39-43.
Goldberg D.J., Berlin A.L., Phelps R. Histologic and ultra-structural analysis of melasma after fractional resurfacing // Lasers Surg. Med. 2008. Vol. 40, N 2. P. 134-138.
Katz T.M., Glaich A.S., Goldberg L.H. et al. Treatment of melasma using fractional photothermolysis: a report of eight cases with long-term follow-up // Dermatol. Surg. 2010. Vol. 36, N8. P. 1273-1280.
Kroon M.W., Wind B.S., Beek J.F. et al. Nonablative 1550-nm fractional laser therapy versus triple topical therapy for the treatment of melasma: a randomized controlled pilot study // J. Am. Acad. Dermatol. 2011. Vol. 64, N 3. P. 516-523.
Hong S.P., Han S.S., Choi S.J. et al. Split-face comparative study of 1550 nm fractional photothermolysis and trichloroacetic acid 15% chemical peeling for facial melasma in Asian skin 11 J. Cosmet. Laser Then 2012. Vol. 14, N 2. P. 81-86.
Lee H.S., Won C.H., Lee D.H. et al. Treatment of melasma in Asian skin using a fractional 1550-nm laser: an open clinical study// Dermatol. Surg. 2009. Vol. 35. P. 1499-1504.
Ho S.G., Yeung C.K., Chan N.P. et al. A retrospective study of the management of Chinese melasma patients using a 1927 nm fractional thulium fiber laser // J. Cosmet. Laser Ther. 2013.Vol. 15, N 4. P. 200-206.
Niwa Massaki A.B., Eimpunth S„ Fabi S.G. et al. Treatment of melasma with the 1927-nm fractional thulium fiber laser: A retrospective analysis of 20 cases with long-term follow-up 11 Lasers Surg. Med. 2013. Vol. 45, N 2. P. 95-101.
Polder K.D., Bruce S. Treatment of melasma using a novel 1927-nm fractional thulium fiber laser: a pilot study 11 Dermatol. Surg. 2012. Vol. 38, N 2. P. 199-206.
Trelles M.A., Velez M., Gold M.H. The treatment of melasma with topical creams alone, CO2 fractional ablative resurfacing alone, or a combination of the two: a comparative study 11 J. Drugs Dermatol. 2010. Vol. 9, N 4. P. 315-322.
Kauvar A.N. The evolution of melasma therapy: targeting mel-anosomes using low-fluence Q-switched neodymium-doped yttrium aluminium garnet lasers 11 Semin. Cutan. Med. Surg. 2012. Vol. 31, N 2. P. 126-132.
Mun J.Y., Jeong S.Y., Kim J.H. et al. A low fluence Q-switched Nd:YAG laser modifies the 3D structure of melanocyte and ultrastructure of melanosome by subcellular-selective photothermolysis 11 J. Electron Microsc. (Tokyo). 2011. Vol. 60. P. 11-18.
Taylor C.R., Anderson R.R. Ineffective treatment of refractory melasma and post inflammatory hyperpigmentation by Q-switched ruby laser // J. Dermatol. Surg. Oncol. 1994. Vol. 20. P. 592-597.
Tse Y., Levine V.J., McClain S.A., Ashinoff R. The removal of cutaneous pigmented lesions with the Q-switched ruby laser and the Q-switched neodymium: yttrium-aluminum-garnet laser: a comparative study 11 J. Dermatol. Surg. Oncol. 1994. Vol. 20. P. 795-800.
Suh K.S., Sung J.Y., Roh H.J. et al. Efficacy of the 1064-nm Q-switched Nd:YAG laser in melasma // J. Dermatol. Treat. 2011.Vol. 22. P. 233-238.
Chan N.P., Ho S.G., Shek S.Y. et al. A case series of facial depigmentation associated with low fluence Q-switched 1064 nm Nd:YAG laser for skin rejuvenation and melasma 11 Lasers Surg. Med. 2010. Vol. 42. P. 712-719.
Kim M.J., Kim J.S., Cho S.B. Punctate leucoderma after melasma treatment using 1064-nm Q-switched Nd:YAG laser with low pulse energy // J. Eur. Acad. Dermatol. Venereol. 2009. Vol. 23. P. 960-962.
Wattanakrai P., Mornchan R., Eimpunth S. Low-fluence Q-switched neodymium-doped yttrium aluminum garnet (1064 nm) laser for the treatment of facial melasma in Asians 11 Dermatol. Surg. 2010. Vol. 36, N 1. P. 76-87.
Li Y.H., Chen J.Z., Wei H.C. et al. Efficacy and safety of intense pulsed light in treatment of melasma in Chinese patients 11 Dermatol. Surg. 2008. Vol. 34, N 5. P. 693-700.
Wang C.C., Hui C.Y., Sue Y.M. et al. Intense pulsed light for the treatment of refractory melasma in Asian persons 11 Dermatol. Surg. 2004. Vol. 30, N 9. P. 1196-200.
Kim E.H., Kim Y.C., Lee E.S., Kang H.Y. The vascular characteristics of melasma // J. Dermatol. Sci. 2007. Vol. 46, N 2. P. Ill- 116.
Lee H.I., Lim Y.Y., Kim B.J. et al. Clinicopathologic efficacy of copper bromide plus/yellow laser (578 nm with 511 nm) for treatment of melasma in Asian patients 11 Dermatol. Surg. 2010. Vol. 36, N 6. P. 885-893.
Callender V.D., St Surin-Lord S., Davis E.C., Maclin M. Postinflammatory hyperpigmentation: etiologic and therapeutic considerations 11 Am. J. Clin. Dermatol. 2011. Vol. 12, N 2. P. 87-99.
Davis E.C., Callender Y.D. Post-inflammatory hyperpigmentation: a review of the epidemiology, clinical features, and treatment options in skin of color 11 J. Clin. Aesthet. Dermatol. 2010. Vol. 3,N7.P. 20-31.
Eimpunth S., Wanitphadeedecha R., Manuskiatti W. A focused review on acne-induced and aesthetic procedure-related post-inflammatory hyperpigmentation in Asians 11 J. Eur. Acad. Dermatol. Venereol. 2013. Vol. 27, suppl. 1. P. 7-18.
Zeichner J. Strategies to minimize irritation and potential iatrogenic post-inflammatory pigmentation when treating acne patients with skin of color // J. Drugs Dermatol. 2011. Vol. 10, suppl. 12. P. s25-s26.
Lacz N.L., Vafaie J., Kihiczak N.I., Schwartz R.A. Post-inflammatory hyperpigmentation: a common but troubling condition // Int. J. Dermatol. 2004. Vol. 43, N 5. P. 362-365.
Hasan A.T., Eaglstein W., Pardo R.J. Solar-induced post-inflammatory hyperpigmentation after laser hair removal 11 Dermatol. Surg. 1999. Vol. 25, N 2. P. 113-115.
Chan H.H., Manstein D., Yu C.S. et al. The prevalence and risk factors of post-inflammatory hyperpigmentation after fractional resurfacing in Asians 11 Lasers Surg. Med. 2007. Vol. 39, N5. P. 381-385.
Manuskiatti W„ Triwongwaranat D., Varothai S. et al. Efficacy and safety of a carbon-dioxide ablative fractional resurfacing device for treatment of atrophic acne scars in Asians 11 J. Am. Acad. Dermatol. 2010. Vol. 63. P. 274-283.
Chapas A.M., Brightman L., Sukal S. et al. Successful treatment of acneiform scarring with C02 ablative fractional resurfacing 11 Lasers Surg. Med. 2008. Vol. 40. P. 381-386.
Momosawa A., Yoshimura K., Uchida G. et al. Combined therapy using Q-switched ruby laser and bleaching treatment with tretinoin and hydroquinone for acquired dermal me-lanocytosis 11 Dermatol. Surg. 2003. Vol. 29, N 10. P. 1001-1007.
Uaboonkul T., Nakakes A., Ayuthaya P.K. A randomized control study of the prevention of hyperpigmentation post Q-switched Nd:YAG laser treatment of Hori nevus using topical fucidic acid plus betamethasone valerate cream versus fucidic acid cream 11 J. Cosmet. Laser Ther. 2012. Vol. 14, N 3. P. 145-149.
Ho S.G., Chan N.P., Yeung C.K. et al. A retrospective analysis of the management of freckles and lentigines using four different pigment lasers on Asian skin // J. Cosmet. Laser Ther. 2012.Vol. 14, N 2. P. 74-80.
Kono T„ Manstein D., Chan H.H. et al. Q-switched ruby versus long-pulsed dye laser delivered with compression for treatment of facial lentigines in Asians 11 Lasers Surg. Med. 2006.Vol. 38, N 2. P. 94-97.
Anderson R.R., Margolis R.J., Watenabe S. et al. Selective photothermolysis of cutaneous pigmentation by Q-switched Nd:YAG laser pulses at 1064, 532, and 355 nm 11 J. Invest. Dermatol. 1989. Vol. 93. P. 28-32.
Taylor C.R., Anderson R.R. Treatment of benign pigmented epidermal lesions by Q-switched ruby laser // Int. J. Dermatol. 1993. Vol. 32. P. 908-912.
Polla L.L., Margolis R.J., Dover J.S. et al. Melanosomes are primary target of Q-switched ruby laser irradiation in guinea pig skin 11 J. Invest. Dermatol. 1987. Vol. 89. P. 281-286.
Negishi K., Akita H„ Tanaka S. et al. Comparative study of treatment efficacy and the incidence of post-inflammatory hyperpigmentation with different degrees of irradiation using two different quality-switched lasers for removing solar lentigines on Asian skin 11 J. Eur. Acad. Dermatol. Venereol. 2013.Vol. 27, N 3. P. 307-312.
Woolery-Lloyd H., Kammer J.N. Treatment of hyperpigmentation II Semin. Cutan. Med. Surg. 2011. Vol. 30, N 3. P. 171-175.
Chandra M„ Levitt J., Pensabene C.A. Hydroquinone therapy for post-inflammatory hyperpigmentation secondary to acne: not just prescribable by dermatologists 11 Acta Derm. Venereol. 2012. Vol. 92, N 3. P. 232-235.
Rossi A.B., Leyden J.J., Pappert A.S. et al. A pilot methodology study for the photographic assessment of post-inflammatory hyperpigmentation in patients treated with tretinoin // J. Eur. Acad. Dermatol. Venereol. 2011. Vol. 25, N 4. P. 398-402.
Bulengo-Ransby S.M., Grifths C.E., Kimbrough-Green C.K. et al. Topical tretinoin (retinoic acid) therapy for hyperpigmented lesions caused by inflammation of the skin in black patients H N. Engl. J. Med. 1993. Vol. 328, N 20. P. 1438-1443.
Grimes P., Callender V. Tazarotene cream for post-inflammatory hyperpigmentation and acne vulgaris in darker skin: a double-blind, randomized, vehicle-controlled study 11 Cutis. 2006. Vol. 77, N1. P. 45-50.
Jacyk W.K., Mpofu P. Adapalene gel 0.1% for topical treatment of acne vulgaris in African patients // Cutis. 2001. Vol. 68, suppl. 4. P. 48-54.
Ahn H.H., Kim I.H. Whitening effect of salicylic acid peels in Asian patients // Dermatol. Surg. 2006. Vol. 32, N 3. P. 372-375.
Garg V.K., Sinha S„ Sarkar R. Glycolic acid peels versus salicylic-mandelic acid peels in active acne vulgaris and postacne scarring and hyper pigment at ion: a comparative study 11 Dermatol. Surg. 2009. Vol. 35, N1. P. 59-65.
Burns R.L., Prevost-Blank P.L., Lawry M.A. et al. Glycolic acid peels for post-inflammatory hyperpigmentation in black patients. A comparative study 11 Dermatol. Surg. 1997. Vol. 23, N3. P. 171-174.
Ho S.G., Yeung C.K., Chan N.P. et al. A retrospective analysis of the management of acne post-inflammatory hyperpigmentation using topical treatment, laser treatment, or combination topical and laser treatments in oriental patients // Lasers Surg. Med. 2011. Vol. 43, N 1. P. 1-7.
Kim S„ Cho K.H. Treatment of procedure-related post-inflammatory hyperpigmentation using 1064-nm Q-switched Nd:YAG laser with low fluence in Asian patients: report of five cases 11 J. Cosmet. Dermatol. 2010. Vol. 9, N 4. P. 302-306.
Kim S„ Cho K.H. Treatment of facial post-inflammatory hyperpigmentation with facial acne in Asian patients using a Q-switched neodymium-doped yttrium aluminum garnet laser 11 Dermatol. Surg. 2010. Vol. 36, N 9. P. 1374-1380.
Rokhsar C.K., Ciocon D.H. Fractional photothermolysis for the treatment of post-inflammatory hyperpigmentation after carbon dioxide laser resurfacing 11 Dermatol. Surg. 2009. Vol. 35, N 3. P. 535-537.
Katz T.M., Goldberg L.H., Firoz B.F., Friedman P.M. Fractional photothermolysis for the treatment of post-inflammatory hyperpigmentation 11 Dermatol. Surg. 2009. Vol. 35, N 11. P. 1844-1848.
Tierney E.P., Hanke C.W. Recent advances in combination treatments for photoaging: review of the literature // Dermatol. Surg. 2010. Vol. 36, N 6. P. 829-840.
Castanet J.. Ortonne J.P. Pigmentary changes in aged and photoaged skin 11 Arch. Dermatol. 1997. Vol. 133, N 10. P. 1296-1299.
Ezzedine K., Mauger E., Latreille J. et al. Freckles and solar lentigines have different risk factors in Caucasian women //J. Eur. Acad. Dermatol. Venereol. 2013. Vol. 27, N 3. P. 345-356.
Yonei N., Kaminaka C„ Kimura A. et al. Two patterns of so-lalentigines: ahistopathological analysis of 40 Japanese women 11 J. Dermatol. 2012. Vol. 39, N 10. P. 829-832.
Nakajima A., Funasaka Y, Kawana S. Investigation by in vivo reflectance confocal microscopy: melanocytes at the edges of solar lentigines // Exp. Dermatol. 2012. Vol. 21, suppl. 1. P. 18-21.
Kavak A., Parlak A.H., Yesildal N. et al. Preliminary study among truck drivers in Turkey: effects of ultraviolet light on some skin entities // J. Dermatol. 2008. Vol. 35, N 3. P. 146-150.
Ortonne J.P., Schwarz T. [Clinical aspects and pathogenesis of UV-induced pigmentary disorders] 11 ]. Dtsch. Dermatol. Ges. 2003. Vol. 1, N 4. P. 274-284.
Chen N., Hu Y., Li W.H. et al. The role of keratinocyte growth factor in melanogenesis: a possible mechanism for the initiation of solar lentigines // Exp. Dermatol. 2010. Vol. 19, N 10. P. 865-872.
Bhawan J. Short- and long-term histologic effects of topical tretinoin on photodamaged skin 11 Int. J. Dermatol. 1998. Vol. 37, N 4. P. 286-292.
Cho S„ Lowe L„ Hamilton T.A. et al. Long-term treatment of photoaged human skin with topical retinoic acid improves epidermal cell atypia and thickens the collagen band in papillary dermis // J. Am. Acad. Dermatol. 2005. Vol. 53, N 5. P. 769-774.
Bhawan J., Olsen E., Luffano L. et al. Histologic evaluation of the long term effects of tretinoin on photodamaged skin 11 J. Dermatol. Sci. 1996. Vol. 11, N 3. P. 177-182.
Ortonne J.P., Pandya A.G., Lui H., Hexsel D. Treatment of solar lentigines // J. Am. Acad. Dermatol. 2006. Vol. 54. P. S262-S271.
Romero C., Aberdam E., Larnier C., Ortonne J.P. Retinoic acid as modulator of UVB-induced melanocyte differentiation. Involvement of the melanogenic enzymes expression // J. Cell Sci. 1994. Vol. 107, pt 4. P. 1095-1103.
Rafal E.S., Grifths C.E., Ditre C.M. et al. Topical tretinoin (retinoic acid) treatment for liver spots associated with photodamage 11 N. Engl. J. Med. 1992. Vol. 326. P. 368-374.
Weinstein G.D., Nigra T.P., Pochi P.E. et al. Topical tretinoin for treatment of photodamaged skin // Arch. Dermatol. 1991. Vol. 127. P. 659-665.
Olsen E.A., Katz L, Levine N. et al. Tretinoin emollient cream: a new therapy for photodamaged skin 11 J. Am. Acad. Dermatol. 1992. Vol. 26. P. 215-224.
Lever L., Kumar P., Marks R. Topical retinoic acid for the treatment of solar damage // Br. J. Dermatol. 1990. Vol. 122. P. 91-98.
Leyden J.J., Grove M.J., Torne E.G., Lufrano L. Treatment of photodamaged skin with topical tretinoin 11 J. Am. Acad. Dermatol. 1989. Vol. 21. P. 638-644.
Gilchrest B.A., Fitzpatrick T.B., Anderson R.R., Parrish J.A. Localization of melanin pigmentation in the skin with Wood’s lamp 11 Br. J. Dermatol. 1977. Vol. 96. P. 245-248.
Gilchrest B. Treatment of photodamage with topical tretinoin: an overview 11 J. Am. Acad. Dermatol. 1997. Vol. 36. P. S27-S36.
Kang S., Bergfeld W., Gottlieb A.B. et al. Long-term efficacy and safety of tretinoin emollient cream 0.05% in the treatment of photodamaged facial skin: a two-year, randomized, placebo-controlled trial // Am. J. Clin. Dermatol. 2005. Vol. 6, N 4. P. 245- 253.
Kang S., Goldfarb M.T., Weiss J.S. et al. Assessment of ada-palene gel for the treatment of actinic keratoses and lentigines: a randomized trial 11 J. Am. Acad. Dermatol. 2003. Vol. 49, N1. P. 83-90.
Kang S., Krueger G.G., Tanghetti E.A. et al.; Tazarotene Cream in Photodamage Study Group. A multicenter, randomized, double-blind trial of tazarotene 0.1% cream in the treatment of photodamage // J. Am. Acad. Dermatol. 2005. Vol. 52, N 2. P. 268-274.
Phillips T.J., Gottlieb A.B., Leyden J.J. et al.; Tazarotene Cream Photodamage Clinical Study Group. Efficacy of 0.1% tazarotene cream for the treatment of photodamage: a 12-month multicenter, randomized trial // Arch. Dermatol. 2002. Vol. 138, N 11. P. 1486-1493.
Petit L., Pierard G.E. Analytic quantification of solar lentigines lightening by a 2% hydroquinone-cyclodextrin formulation // J. Eur. Acad. Dermatol. Venereol. 2003. Vol. 17, N 5. P.546-549.
Yoshimura K., Harii K., Aoyama T., Iga T. Experience with a strong bleaching treatment for skin hyperpigmentation in Orientals // Plast. Reconstr. Surg. 2000. Vol. 105, N 3. P. 1097-1108.
Fleischer A.B. Jr, Schwartzel E.H., Colby S.I., Altman D.J. The combination of 2% 4-hydroxyanisole (Mequinol) and 0.01% tretinoin is effective in improving the appearance of solar lentigines and related hyper pigmented lesions in two double-blind multicenter clinical studies // J. Am. Acad. Dermatol. 2000. Vol. 42, N 3. P. 459-467.
Jarratt M. Mequinol 2% tretinoin 0.01% solution: an effective and safe alternative to hydroquinone 3% in the treatment of solar lentigines 11 Cutis. 2004. Vol. 74, N 5. P. 319-322.
Vujevich J.J., Goldberg L.H. Cryosurgery and electrosurgery // Fitzpatricks Dermatology in General Medicine. 7th ed. I eds K. Wolff, L.A. Goldsmith, S.I. Katz, B.A. Gilchrest et al. USA : McGraw Hill Companies, 2008. 2330 p.
Lugo-Janer A., Lugo-Somolinos A., Sanchez J.L. Comparison of trichloroacetic acid solution and cryosurgery in the treatment of solar lentigines // Int. J. Dermatol. 2003. Vol. 42, N 10. P. 829-831.
Raziee M., Balighi K., Shabanzadeh-Dehkordi H„ Roba-ti R.M. Efficacy and safety of cryotherapy vs trichloroacetic acid in the treatment of solar lentigo // J. Eur. Acad. Dermatol. Venereol. 2008. Vol. 22, N 3. P. 316-319.
Sezer E., Erbil H., Kurumlu Z. et al. A comparative study of focal medium-depth chemical peel versus cryosurgery for the treatment of solar lentigo 11 Eur. J. Dermatol. 2007. Vol. 17, N 1. P. 26-29.
Stern R.S., Dover J.S., Levin J.A., Arndt K.A. Laser therapy versus cryotherapy of lentigines: a comparative trial // J. Am. Acad. Dermatol. 1994. Vol. 30, N 6. P. 985-987.
Todd M.M., Rallis T.M., Gerwels J.W., Hata T.R. A comparison of 3 lasers and liquid nitrogen in the treatment of solar lentigines: a randomized, controlled, comparative trial // Arch. Dermatol. 2000. Vol. 136, N 7. P. 841-846.
Tai K.E., Sinclair R.D. Cryosurgery of benign skin lesions 11 Australas J. Dermatol. 1999. Vol. 40, N 4. P. 175-184.
Nelson B.R., Fader D.J., Gillard M. et al. Pilot histologic and ultrastructural study of the effects of medium-depth chemical facial peels on dermal collagen in patients with actinically damaged skin 11 J. Am. Acad. Dermatol. 1995. Vol. 32, N 3. P.472-478.
El Samahy M.H., Ghoz M.M., Ramzy N. Morphological investigation of chemical peel on photodamaged facial skin 11 Int. J. Cosmet. Sci. 1998. Vol. 20, N 5. P. 269-282.
Newman N., Newman A., Moy L.S. et al. Clinical improvement of photoaged skin with 50% glycolic acid. A doubleblind vehicle-controlled study 11 Dermatol. Surg. 1996. Vol. 22, N 5. P. 455-460.
Kligman D„ Kligman A.M. Salicylic acid peels for the treatment of photoaging 11 Dermatol. Surg. 1998. Vol. 24, N 3. P. 325-328.
Oresajo C., Yatskayer M., Hansenne I. Clinical tolerance and efficacy of capryloyl salicylic acid peel compared to a glycolic acid peel in subjects with fine lines/wrinkles and hyperpigmented skin II J. Cosmet. Dermatol. 2008. Vol. 7, N 4. P. 259-262.
Humphreys T.R., Werth V, Dzubow L„ Kligman A. Treatment of photodamaged skin with trichloroacetic acid and topical tretinoin 11 J. Am. Acad. Dermatol. 1996. Vol. 34, N 4. P. 638-644.
Cook K.K., Cook WR. Jr. Chemical peel of nonfacial skin using glycolic acid gel augmented with TCA and neutralized based on visual staging // Dermatol. Surg. 2000. Vol. 26, N 11. P. 994-999.
Tse Y, Ostad A., Lee H.S. et al. A clinical and histologic evaluation of two medium-depth peels. Glycolic acid versus Jess-ner’s trichloroacetic acid 11 Dermatol. Surg. 1996. Vol. 22, N9. P. 781-786.
Polder K.D., Landau J.M., Vergilis-Kalner I.J. et al. Laser eradication of pigmented lesions: a review 11 Dermatol. Surg. 2011.Vol. 37, N 5. P. 572-595.
Sadighha A., Saatee S., Muhaghegh-Zahed G. Efficacy and adverse effects of Q-switched ruby laser on solar lentigines: a prospective study of 91 patients with Fitzpatrick skin type II, III, and IV II Dermatol. Surg. 2008. Vol. 34, N 11. P. 1465-1468.
Kagami S„ Asahina A., Watanabe R. et al. Treatment of 153 Japanese patients with Q-switched alexandrite laser 11 Lasers Med. Sci. 2007. Vol. 22, N 3. P. 159-163.
Kilmer S.L., Wheeland R.G., Goldberg D.J., Anderson R.R. Treatment of epidermal pigmented lesions with the frequency-doubled Q-switched Nd:YAG laser. A controlled, singleimpact, dose-response, multicenter trial 11 Arch. Dermatol. 1994. Vol. 130, N 12. P. 1515-1519.
Watanabe S. Basics of laser application to dermatology 11 Arch. Dermatol. Res. 2008. Vol. 300, N 1. P. S21-S30.
Trafeli J.P., Kwan J.M., Meehan K.J. et al. Use of a long-pulse alexandrite laser in the treatment of superficial pigmented lesions 11 Dermatol. Surg. 2007. Vol. 33, N 12. P. 1477-1482.
Ho S.G., Yeung C.K., Chan N.P. et al. A comparison of Q-switched and long-pulsed alexandrite laser for the treatment of freckles and lentigines in oriental patients // Lasers Surg. Med. 2011. Vol. 43, N 2. P. 108-113.
Goldberg D.J. Current trends in intense pulsed light 11 J. Clin. Aesthet. Dermatol. 2012. Vol. 5, N 6. P. 45-53.
Kawada A., Shiraishi H., Asai M. et al. Clinical improvement of solar lentigines and ephelides with an intense pulsed light source 11 Dermatol. Surg. 2002. Vol. 28, N 6. P. 504-508.
Sasaya H., Kawada A., Wada T. et al. Clinical effectiveness of intense pulsed light therapy for solar lentigines of the hands 11 Dermatol. Ther. 2011. Vol. 24, N 6. P. 584-586.
Tierney E.P., Kouba D.J., Hanke C.W. Review of fractional photothermolysis: treatment indications and efficacy 11 Dermatol. Surg. 2009. Vol. 35, N 10. P. 1445-1461.
Wanner M„ Tanzi E.L., Alster T.S. Fractional photothermolysis: treatment of facial and nonfacial cutaneous photodamage with a 1550-nm erbium-doped fiber laser 11 Dermatol. Surg. 2007. Vol. 33, N 1. P. 23-28.
Lapidoth M., Adatto M., Halachmi S. Treatment of actinic keratoses and photodamage with non-contact fractional 1540-nm laser quasi-ablation: an ex vivo and clinical evaluation // Lasers Med. Sci. 2012. Vol. 28, N 2. P. 537-542.
Polder K.D., Harrison A., Eubanks L.E., Bruce S. 1927-nm fractional thulium fiber laser for the treatment of nonfacial photo damage: a pilot study 11 Dermatol. Surg. 2011. Vol. 37, N 3. P. 342-348.
Weiss E.T., Brauer J.A., Anolik R. et al. 1927-nm fractional resurfacing of facial actinic keratoses: a promising new therapeutic option II J. Am. Acad. Dermatol. 2013. Vol. 68, N 1. P. 98-102.
Polder K.D., Mithani A., Harrison A., Bruce S. Treatment of macular seborrheic keratoses using a novel 1927-nm fractional thulium fiber laser 11 Dermatol. Surg. 2012. Vol. 38, N7. Pt 1. P. 1025-1031.
Walgrave S.E., Kist D.A., Noyaner-Turley A., Zelickson B.D. Minimally ablative resurfacing with the confluent 2790 nm erbium:YSGG laser: a pilot study on safety and efficacy // Lasers Surg. Med. 2012. Vol. 44, N 2. P. 103-111.
Lapidoth M., Yagima Odo M.E., Odo L.M. Novel use of erbium:YAG (2940 nm) laser for fractional ablative photothermolysis in the treatment of photodamaged facial skin: a pilot study // Dermatol. Surg. 2008. Vol. 34, N 8. P. 1048-1053.
Tierney E.P., Hanke C.W. Fractionated carbon dioxide laser treatment of photoaging: prospective study in 45 patients and review of the literature // Dermatol. Surg. 2011. Vol. 37, N9. P. 1279-1290.
Alster T.S. Cutaneous resurfacing with CO, and erbium:YAG lasers: preoperative, intraoperative, and postoperative considerations // Plast. Reconstr. Surg. 1999. Vol. 103, N 2. P. 619-632.
Alster T.S. Clinical and histologic evaluation of six erbium: YAG lasers for cutaneous resurfacing 11 Lasers Surg. Med. 1999. Vol. 24. P. 87-92.
Alster T.S., Lupton J.R. Erbiurm:YAG cutaneous laser resurfacing 11 Dermatol. Clin. 2001. Vol. 19, N 3. P. 453-466.
Somoano B„ Hantash M.B., Fincher E.F. et al. The erbium micropeel: a prospective, randomized trial of the effects of two fluence settings on facial photoaging // J. Drugs Dermatol. 2011. Vol. 10, N 2. P. 179-185.
Ghodsi S.Z., Orawa Н., Zouboulis С.С. Prevalence, severity, and severity risk factors of acne in high school pupils: a community-based study // J. Invest. Dermatol. 2009. Vol. 129, N 9. P. 2136-2141.
Layton A.M., Henderson C.A., Cunliffe W.J. A clinical evaluation of acne scarring and its incidence 11 Clin. Exp. Dermatol. 1994. Vol. 19. P. 303-308.
Capitanio B., Sinagra J.L., Bordignon V. et al. Underestimated clinical features of post-adolescent acne //J. Am. Acad. Dermatol. 2010. Vol. 63, N 5. P. 782-788.
Fabbrocini G„ Annunziata M.C., DArco V. et al. Acne scars: pathogenesis, classification and treatment 11 Dermatol. Res. Pract. 2010. Article ID 893080. doi: 10.1155/2010/893080.
Rivera A.E. Acne scarring: a review and current treatment modalities // J. Am. Acad. Dermatol. 2008. Vol. 59, N 4. P. 659-676.
Goodman GJ., Baron J.A. Post acne scarring: a qualitative global scarring grading system 11 Dermatol. Surg. 2006. Vol. 32. P. 1458-1466.
Goodman G.J. Post-acne scarring: a short review of its pathophysiology 11 Australas J. Dermatol. 2001. Vol. 42, N 2. P. 84-90.
Sato T., Kurihara H„ Akimoto N. et al. Augmentation of gene expression and production of promatrix metalloproteinase 2 by Propionibacterium acnes-derived factors in hamster sebocytes and dermal fibroblasts: a possible mechanism for acne scarring 11 Biol. Pharm. Bull. 2011. Vol. 34, N 2. P. 295-299.
Holland D.B., Jeremy A.H., Roberts S.G. et al. Inflammation in acne scarring: a comparison of the responses in lesions from patients prone and not prone to scar 11 Br. J. Dermatol. 2004. Vol. 150, N l.P. 72-81.
Layton A.M. Optimal management of acne to prevent scarring and psychological sequelae 11 Am. J. Clin. Dermatol. 2001. Vol. 2, N3. P. 135-141.
Shalita A. The integral role of topical and oral retinoids in the early treatment of acne 11 J. Eur. Acad. Dermatol. Venereol. 2001. Vol. 15. P. 43-49. doi: 10.1046/j.0926-9959.2001.00012.x
Alam M., Hsu T.S., Dover J.S. et al. Nonablative laser and light treatments: histology and tissue effects — a review // Lasers Surg. Med. 2003. Vol. 33. P. 30-39.
Tsao S.S., Dover J.S., Arndt K.A. et al. Scar management // Atlas of Cosmetic Surgery I eds M.S. Kaminer, J.S. Dover, K.A. Arndt et al. Philadelphia, PA : W.B. Saunders, 2002.
Shah S., Alster T.S. Laser treatment of dark skin: an update // Am. J. Clin. Dermatol. 2010. Vol. 11, N 6. P. 389-397.
Mandy S.H. Tretinoin in the preoperative and postoperative management of dermabrasion 11 J. Am. Acad. Dermatol. 1986. Vol. 15,N4.P. 888-889.
Kingsley M., Graber E., Soo Y, Bae-Harboe C. Treatment of acne scarring with ablative fractionated laser resurfacing following isotretinoin therapy 11 J. Am. Acad. Dermatol. 2012. Vol. 66, N4. P. AB216.
West T.B., Alster T.S. Effect of pretreatment on the incidence of hyperpigmentation following cutaneous CO2 laser resurfacing // Dermatol. Surg. 1999. Vol. 25, N 1. P. 15-17.
Fife D. Practical evaluation and management of atrophic acne scars. Tips for the general dermatologist 11 J. Clin. Aesthet. Dermatol. 2011. Vol. 4, N 8. P. 50-57.
Amin S.P., Goldberg D.J. Topical anesthetics for cosmetic and laser dermatology //J. Drugs Dermatol. 2005. Vol. 4, N 4. P. 455-461.
Sobanko J.F., Miller C.J., Alster T.S. Topical anesthetics for dermatologic procedures: a review 11 Dermatol. Surg. 2012. Vol. 38. P. 709-721.
Harahap M., Abadir A. (eds). Anesthesia and Analgesia in Dermatologic Surgery. New York: Informa Health Care, 2008.
Orentreich D.S., Orentreich N. Subcutaneous incisionless (subcision) surgery for the correction of depressed scars and wrinkles 11 Dermatol. Surg. 1995. Vol. 21, N 6. P. 543-549.
Gottlieb S.K. Soft tissue augmentation. The research for implantation materials and techniques // Clin. Dermatol. 1987. Vol. 5, N4. P. 128-134.
Koranda EC. Treatment and modalities in facial acne scars 11 Facial Scars I eds J.R. Thomas, G.R. Holt. St Louis : Mosby, 1989. P. 278-289.
Kromayer E. Cosmetic Treatment of Skin Complaints. London : Oxford University Press, 1930.
Harmon C.B., Mandy S.H. Dermabrasion 11 Techniques in Dermatologic Surgery I eds K. Nouri, S. Leal-Khouri. New York: Mosby, 2003:163-169.
Goodman G.J. Dermabrasion using tumescent anaesthesia 11 J. Dermatol. Surg. Oncol. 1994. Vol. 20. P. 802-807.
Freedman B.M., Rueda-Pedraza E„ Earley R.V Clinical and histologic changes determine optimal treatment regimens for microdermabrasion // J. Dermatol. Treat. 2002. Vol. 13, N 4. P. 193-200.
Fabbrocini G., Fardella N., Monfrecola A. et al. Acne scarring treatment using skin needling 11 Clin. Exp. Dermatol. 2009. Vol. 34, N 8. P. 874-879.
Goldberg D.J., Amin S„ Hussain M. Acne scar correction using calcium hydroxylapatite in a carrier-based gel // J. Cos-met. Laser Ther. 2006. Vol. 8, N 3. P. 134-136.
Burgess C.M., Quiroga R.M. Assessment of the safety and efficacy of poly-L-lactic acid for the treatment of HIV-associated facial lipoatrophy // J. Am. Acad. Dermatol. 2005. Vol. 52, N 2. P. 233-239.
Goodman G.J. Treatment of acne scarring 11 Int. J. Dermatol. 2011. Vol. 50, N 10. P. 1179-1194.
Shiftman M.A. (ed.). Autologous Fat Transfer: Art, Science, and Clinical Practice. Berlin, Heidelberg: Springer-Verlag, 2010.
Park J.H., Choi Y.D., Kim S.W. et al. Effectiveness of modified phenol peel (Exoderm) on facial wrinkles, acne scars and other skin problems of Asian patients 11 J. Dermatol. 2007. Vol. 34. P. 17-24.
Bernstein E.E, Lee J., Brown D.B. et al. Glycolic acid treatment increases type I collagen mRNA and hyaluronic acid content of human skin 11 Dermatol. Surg. 2001. Vol. 27, N 5. P. 429-433.
Grimes P.E. The safety and efficacy of salicylic acid chemical peels in darker racial-ethnic groups 11 Dermatol. Surg. 1999. Vol. 25, N 1. P. 18-22.
Al-Waiz M.M., ALSharqi A.I. Medium-depth chemical peels in the treatment of acne scars in dark-skinned individuals 11 Dermatol. Surg. 2002. Vol. 28, N 5. P. 383-387.
Lee J.B., Chung W.G., Kwahck H., Lee K.H. Focal treatment of acne scars with trichloroacetic acid: chemical reconstruction of skin scars method // Dermatol. Surg. 2002. Vol. 28. P. 1017-1021.
Alster T.S., West T.B. Resurfacing of atrophic facial acne scars with a high-energy, pulsed carbon dioxide laser 11 Dermatol. Surg. 1996. Vol. 22, N 2. P. 151-154; discussion 154-155.
Rogachefsky A.S., Hussain M., Goldberg D.J. Atrophic and a mixed pattern of acne scars improved with a 1320-nm Nd:YAG laser II Dermatol. Surg. 2003. Vol. 29, N 9. P. 904-908.
Куе Y.C. Resurfacing of pitted facial scars with a pulsed Er:YAG laser II Dermatol. Surg. 1997. Vol. 23, N 10. P. 880-883.
Hantash B.M., Bedi V.P., Sudireddy V. et al. Laser-induced transepidermal elimination of dermal content by fractional photothermolysis 11 J. Biomed. Opt. 2006. Vol. 11, N 4. Article ID 041115.
Alster T.S., Konda S. Plasma skin resurfacing for regeneration of neck, chest, and hands: Investigation of a novel device 11 Dermatol. Surg. 2007. Vol. 33, N 11. P. 1315-1321.
Tierney E.P., Hanke C.W. Ablative fractionated CO2, laser resurfacing for the neck: Prospective study and review of the literature // J. Drugs Dermatol. 2009. Vol. 8. P. 723-731.
Tanzi E.L., Alster T.S. Comparison of a 1450-nm diode laser and a 1320-nm Nd:YAG laser in the treatment of atrophic facial scars: a prospective clinical and histologic study // Dermatol. Surg. 2004. Vol. 30. P. 152-157.
Bhatia A.C., Dover J.S., Arndt K.A. et al. Patient satisfaction and reported long-term therapeutic efficacy associated with 1,320 nm Nd:YAG laser treatment of acne scarring and photoaging // Dermatol. Surg. 2006. Vol. 32. P. 346-352.
Kono T., Groff W.F., Sakurai H. et al. Treatment of traumatic scars using plasma skin regeneration (PSR) system // Lasers Surg. Med. 2009. Vol. 41. P. 128-130.
Leyden J.J. Therapy for acne vulgaris 11 N. Engl. J. Med. 1997. Vol. 336. P. 1156-1162.
Leyden J.J. Oral isotretinoin. How can we treat difficult acne patients? // Dermatology. 1997. Vol. 195, N SI. P. 29-33.
Gold M.H. Acne and PDT: new techniques with lasers and light sources 11 Lasers Med. Sci. 2007. Vol. 22. P. 67-72.
Gold M.H. Phototherapy for acne: what is the best approach? // Expert Rev. Dermatol. 2010. Vol. 5, N 2. P. 159-172.
Strauss J.S., Krowchuk D.P., Leyden J.J. et al. Guidelines of care for acne vulgaris management 11 J. Am. Acad. Dermatol. 2007. Vol. 56. P. 651-663.
Gollnick H., Cunliffe W., Berson D. et al. Management of acne: a report from a global alliance to improve outcomes in acne // J. Am. Acad. Dermatol. 2003. Vol. 49, N SI. P. S1-S37.
Coates P., Vyakrnam S., Eady E.A. et al. Prevalence of antibiotic-resistant propionibacteria on the skin of acne patients: 10-year surveillance data and snapshot distribution study // Br. J. Dermatol. 2002. Vol. 146. P. 840-848.
Velicer C.M., Heckbert S.R., Lampe J.W. et al. Antibiotic use in relation to the risk of breast cancer 11 JAMA. 2004. Vol. 291. P. 827-835.
Ellis C.N., Krach K.J. Uses and complications of isotretinoin therapy// J. Am. Acad. Dermatol. 2001. Vol. 45. P. S150-S157.
Kawada A., Aragane Y, Kameyama H. et al. Acne phototherapy with a high-intensity, enhanced narrowband, blue light source: an open study and in vitro investigation 11 J. Dermatol. Sci. 2002. Vol. 30. P. 129-135.
Shalita A.R., Harth Y„ Elman M. Acne photoclearing using a novel, high-intensity, enhanced, narrow-band blue light source 11 Clin. Application Notes. 2003. Vol. 9. P. 1.
Gold M.H. The utilization of ALA-PDT and a new photoclearing device for the treatment of severe inflammatory acne vulgaris — results of an initial clinical trial // J. Lasers Surg. Med. 2003. Vol. 15, suppl. P. 46.
Papageorgiou P„ Katsambas A., Chu A. Phototherapy with boule (415 nm) and red (660 nm) light in the treatment of acne 11 Br. J. Dermatol. 2000. Vol. 142. P. 973-978.
Meffert H., Gaunitz K., Gutewort T., Amlong U.J. [Therapy of acne with visible light; decreased irradiation time by using a blue-light high energy lamp] 11 Dermatol. Monatssehr. 1990. Vol. 176. P. 597-560.
Goldman M.P., Atkin D., Kincad S. PDT/ALA in the treatment of actinic damage; real world experience //J. Lasers Surg. Med. 2002. Vol. 14, suppl. P. 24.
Gold M.H., Goldman M.P. A multi-center investigatory study of the treatment of mild to moderate inflammatory acne vulgaris with visible blue light in comparison to topical 1% clindamycin antibiotic solution 11 J. Am. Acad. Dermatol. 2004. Vol. 50, suppl. P. 56.
Dierickx C.C., Capezzera R., Pedretti A. et al. Lasers, light, and radiofrequency for treatment of acne 11 Med. Laser Appl. 2004. Vol. 19. P. 196-204.
Gold M.H. Blue light for the treatment of acne vulgaris // Prime. 2013. Vol. 1, N 3. P. 19-25.
Zane C., Capezzera R., Pedretti A. et al. Non-invasive diagnostic evaluation of phototherapeutic effects of red light phototherapy of acne vulgaris 11 Photodermatol. Photoimmunol. Photomed. 2008. Vol. 24, N 5. P. 244-248.
Na J.I., Suh D.H. Red light phototherapy alone is effective for acne vulgaris: randomized, single-blinded clinical trial // Dermatol. Surg. 2007. Vol. 33, N 10. P. 1228-1233.
Gold M.H. 5-Aminolevulinic acid photodynamic therapy versus methyl aminolevulinate photodynamic therapy for inflammatory acne vulgaris 11 J. Am. Acad. Dermatol. 2008. Vol. 58, N 2. P. S60-S62.
Bowes L.E., Manstein D., Anderson R.R. Effect of 532 nm KTP laser on exposure on acne and sebaceous glands // Lasers Med. Sci. 2003. Vol. 18. P. S6-S7.
Seaton E.D., Charakida A., Mouser P.E. et al. Pulsed dye laser treatment for inflammatory acne vulgaris: a randomized controlled trial // Lancet. 2003. Vol. 362. P. 1347-1352.
Orringer J.S., Kang S., Hamilton T. et al. Treatment of acne vulgaris with a pulsed dye laser: a randomized controlled trial 11 JAMA. 2004. Vol. 291. P. 2834-2839.
Elman M., Lask G. The role of pulsed light and heat energy (LHE) in acne clearance 11 J. Cosmet. Laser Ther. 2004. Vol. 6. P. 91-95.
Dierickx C.C. Treatment of acne vulgaris with a variable-filtration IPL system 11 Lasers Surg. Med. 2004. Vol. 34, N S16. P. 66.
Bitter P.H. Noninvasive rejuvenation of photodamaged skin using serial, full-face intense pulsed light treatments 11 Dermatol. Surg. 2000. Vol. 26. P. 835-843.
Munavalli G.S., Weiss R.A. Rapid acne regression using photopneumatic (ppx) therapy // Lasers Surg. Med. 2007. Vol. 39, N S19. P. 22.
Shamban A.T., Enokibori M., Narurkar V, Wilson D. Pho-toneumatic technology for the treatment of acne vulgaris // J. Drugs Dermatol. 2008. Vol. 7, N 2. P. 139-145.
Gold M.H., Biron J. Efficacy of a novel combination of pneumatic energy and broadband light for the treatment of acne 11 J. Drugs Dermatol. 2008. Vol. 7, N 2. P. 639-645.
Paithankar D.Y., Ross E.V, Saleh B.A. et al. Acne treatment with a 1,450 nm wavelength laser and cryogen skin cooling // Lasers Surg. Med. 2002. Vol. 31. P. 106-114.
Friedman P.M., Jih M.H., Kimyai-Asadi A., Goldberg L.H. Treatment of inflammatory acne vulgaris with a 1450 nm diode laser: a pilot study 11 Dermatol. Surg. 2004. Vol. 30. P. 147-151.
Friedman P.M., Marquez D„ Kunishige J. Evaluation of large spot 1450 nm diode laser for the treatment of facial acne vulgaris II Lasers Surg. Med. 2008. Vol. 40, N S20. P. 32.
Tuchin V.V., Genina E.A., Bashkatov A.N. et al. A pilot study of ICG laser therapy of acne vulgaris: photodynamic and photothermolysis treatment 11 Lasers Surg. Med. 2003. Vol. 33. P. 296-310.
Lloyd J.R., Mirkov M. Selective photothermolysis of the sebaceous glands for acne treatment 11 Lasers Surg. Med. 2002. Vol. 31. P. 115-120.
Kassir M., Newton D., Maris M. et al. Er:Glass (1.54 nm) laser for the treatment of facial acne vulgaris // Lasers Surg. Med. 2004. Vol. 34, N S16. P. S65.
Ruiz-Esparza J., Gomez J.B. Nonablative radiofrequency for active acne vulgaris: the use of deep dermal heat in the treatment of moderate to severe active acne vulgaris (thermotherapy): a report of 22 cases // Dermatol. Surg. 2003. Vol. 29. P. 333-339.
Gold M.H. Aminolevulinic acid photodynamic therapy: medical evidence for its expanded use // Expert Rev. Med. Devices. 2006. Vol. 3, N 3. P. 357-371.
Gold M.H. Novel treatment options for severe inflammatory acne vulgaris // Expert Rev. Dermatol. 2006. Vol. 1, N 1. P. 13-23.
Hongcharu W., Taylor C.R., Chang Y. et al. Topical ALA-photodynamic therapy for the treatment of acne vulgaris // J. Invest. Dermatol. 2000. Vol. 115, N 2. P. 183-192.
Itoh Y., Ninomiya Y., Tajima S., Ishibashi A. Photodynamic therapy for acne vulgaris with topical 5-ami-nolevulinic acid // Arch. Dermatol. 2000. Vol. 136, N 9. P. 1093-1095.
Itoh Y., Ninomiya Y, Tajima S., Ishibashi A. Photodynamic therapy of acne vulgaris with topical delta aminolevulinic acid and incoherent light in Japanese patients // Br. J. Dermatol. 2001. Vol. 144. P. 575-579.
Goldman M.P., Boyce S.M. A single-center study of aminolevulinic acid and 417 NM photodynamic therapy in the treatment of moderate to severe acne vulgaris //J. Drugs Dermatol. 2003. Vol. 2, N 4. P. 393-396.
Taub A.F. Photodynamic therapy for the treatment of acne: a pilot study 11 J. Drugs Dermatol. 2004. Vol. 3. P. S10-S14.
Gold M.H. The use of a novel intense pulsed light and heat source and ALA-PDT in the treatment of moderate to severe inflammatory acne vulgaris //J. Drugs Dermatol. 2004. Vol. 3, N 6. P. S14-S18.
Santos A.V., Belo V.G., Santos G. Effectiveness of photodynamic therapy with topical 5-Aminolevulinic acid and intense pulsed light versus intense pulsed light along in the treatment of acne vulgaris: comparative study 11 Dermatol. Surg. 2005. Vol. 31, N 8. Pt 1. P. 910-915.
Rojanamatin J., Choawawanich P. Treatment of inflammatory facial acne vulgaris with intense pulsed light (IPL) and short contact of topical 5-aminolevulinc acid (ALA): a pilot study 11 Dermatol. Surg. 2006. Vol. 32. P. 991-997.
Alexiades-Armenakas M.R. Long pulsed dye laser-mediated photodynamic therapy combined with topical therapy for mild-to-severe comedonal, inflammatory and cystic acne // J. Drugs Dermatol. 2006. Vol. 5. P. 45-55.
Miller A., Van Camp A. Treatment of cane vulgaris with photodynamic therapy: the use of aminolevulinic acid and green light // Cosmet. Dermatol. 2006. Vol. 19, N 10. P. 624-627.
Wiegell S.R., Wulf H.C. Photodynamic therapy of acne vulgaris using methyl aminolaevulinate: a blinded, randomized controlled trial 11 Br. J. Dermatol. 2006. Vol. 154. P. 969-976.
Horfelt C„ Funk J., Frohm-Nilsson M. et al. Topical methyl aminolaevuninate photodynamic therapy for treatment of facial acne vulgaris: results of a randomized controlled study 11 Br. J. Dermatol. 2006. Vol. 155. P. 608-613.
Wiegell S.R., Wulf H.C. Photodynamic therapy of acne vulgaris using 5-aminolevulinic acid versus methyl aminolevulinate 11 J. Am. Acad. Dermatol. 2006. Vol. 54, N 4. P. 647-651.
Kasche A., Luderschmidt S„ Ring J., Hein R. Photodynamic therapy induces less pain in patients treated with methyl aminolevulinate compared to aminolevulinic acid // J. Drugs Dermatol. 2006. Vol. 5, N 4. P. 353-356.
Somani N., Bergfeld W.E Cicatricial alopecia: classification and histopathology 11 Dermatol. Then 2008. Vol. 21. P. 221-247.
Ross E.K., Tan E., Shapiro J. Update on primary cicatricial alopecias // J. Am. Acad. Dermatol. 2005. Vol. 53. P. 1-37.
Rongioletti E, Christana K. Cicatricial (scarring) alopecias: an overview of pathogenesis, classification, diagnosis, and treatment // Am. J. Clin. Dermatol. 2012. Vol. 13, N 4. P. 247-260.
Sperling L.C., Cowper S.E. The histopathology of primary cicatricial alopecia 11 Semin. Cutan. Med. Surg. 2006. Vol. 25. P. 41-50.
McElwee KJ. Etiology о cicatriciai alopecias: a basic science point of view 11 Dermatol. Then 2008. Vol. 21. P. 212-220.
Olson E.A., Bergfeld W.E, Costerelis G. et al. Summary of North American Hair Research Society (NAHRS)-sponsored Workshop on Cicatricial Alopecia, Duke University Medical Center 11 J. Am. Acad. Dermatol. 2003. Vol. 48. P. 103-110.
Hordinsky M. Cicatricial Alopecia: discoid lupus erythematosus 11 Dermatol. Then 2008. Vol. 21. P. 245-248.
Kang H., Alzolibani A.A., Otberg N., Shapiro J. Lichen planopi-laris 11 Dermatol. Then 2008. Vol. 21. P. 249-256.
Tan K.T., Messenger A.G. Frontal fibrosing alopecia: clinical presentations and prognosis 11 Bn J. Dermatol. 2009. Vol. 160. P. 75-79.
Viglizzo G., Verrini A.M., Rongioletti F. Familial Lassueur-Graham-Little-Piccardi syndrome // Dermatology. 2004. Vol. 208. P. 142-144.
Mehregan D.A., Van Hale H.M., Muller S.A. Lichen plano-pilaris: clinical and pathologic study of forty-five patients // J. Am. Acad. Dermatol. 1992. Vol. 27. P. 935-942.
Whiting D.A., Olson E.A. Central centrifugal cicatricial alopecia 11 Dermatol. Then 2008. Vol. 21. P. 268-278.
Callender V.D., McMichael A.J., Cohen G.F. Medical and surgical therapies or alopecias in black women 11 Dermatol. Then 2004. Vol. 17, N 2. P. 164-176.
Borovicka J.H., Thomas L„ Prince C., Mehregan D.R. Scarring alopecia: clinical and pathologic study of 54 African-American women 11 Int. J. Dermatol. 2009. Vol. 48, N 8. P. 840-845.
Unger W, Unger R., Wesley C. The surgical treatment of cicatricial alopecia 11 Dermtalol. Then 2008. Vol. 21, N 4. P. 295-311.
Wiles J.C., Hansen R.C. Postoperative (pressure) alopecia 11 J. Am. Acad. Dermatol. 1985. Vol. 12. P. 195-198.
Alvarez M.S., Silverberg N.B. Tinea capitis // Cutis. 2006. Vol. 78, N3. P. 189-196.
Avram M.R., Rogers N.E. Hair Transplantation. New York, NY : Cambridge University Press, 2010.
Rose P.T., Shapiro R. Transplanting into scar tissue and areas of cicatricial alopecia 11 Hair Transplantation I eds R. Shapiro, W. Unger. New York, NY : Marcel Dekker, 2004. P. 606-610.
Bernstein R.M., Rassman W.R., Rashid N.. Shiell R.C. The art of repair in surgical hair restoration — part II: the tactics of repair 11 Dermatol. Surg. 2002. Vol. 28, N 10. P. 873-893.
Bernstein R.M., Rassman W.R., Rashid N.. Shiell R.C. The art of repair in surgical hair restoration — part I: basic repair strategies 11 Dermatol. Surg. 2002. Vol. 28, N 9. P. 783-794.
Avram M.R. Corrective hair transplantation 11 Hair Transplantation I eds M.R. Avram, N.E. Rogers. New York, NY : Cambridge University Press, 2010.
Unger W.P. Recipient area hair direction and angle during transplanting // Dermatol. Surg. 2004. Vol. 30, N 6. P. 829-836.
Knudsen R.G. The donor area 11 Facial Plast. Surg. Clin. North Am. 2004. Vol. 12, N 2. P. 233-240.
Hamilton Е.С., Greenway F.L., Bray G.A. Regional fat loss from the thigh in women using 2% aminophylline // Obes. Res. 1993. Vol. 1. P. 95S.
Kligman A.M., Pagnoni A., Stoudemayer T. Topical retinol improves cellulite 11 J. Dermatol. Treat. 1999. Vol. 10. P. 119-125.
Pierard-Franchiemont C., Pierand G.E., Henry F. et al. A randomized, placebo controlled trial of topical retinal in the treatment of cellulite 11 Am. J. Clin. Dermatol. 2000. Vol. 1. P. 369-374.
Rotunda A.M., Avram M.M., Avram A.S. Cellulite: Is there a role for injectables? 11 J. Cosmet. Laser Ther. 2005. Vol. 7. P. 147-154.
Avram M.M. Cellulite: a review of its physiology and treatment 11 J. Cosmet. Laser Ther. 2004. Vol. 6. P. 181-185.
Nurnberger E, Muller G. So-called cellulite: an invented disease 11 J. Dermatol. Surg. Oncol. 1978. Vol. 4. P. 221-229.
Rossi A.B., Vergnanini A.L. Cellulite: a review // J. Eur. Acad. Dermatol. Venereol. 2000. Vol. 14. P. 251-262.
Mirrashed E, Sharp J.C., Krause V. et al. Pilot study of dermal and subcutaneous fat structures by MRI in individuals who differ in gender, BMI, and cellulite grading 11 Skin Res. Technol. 2004. Vol. 10. P. 161-168.
Querleux B., Cornillon C„ Jolivet O., Bittoun J. Anatomy and physiology of subcutaneous adipose tissue by in vivo magnetic resonance imaging and spectroscopy: relationships with sex and presence of cellulite 11 Skin Res. Technol. 2002. Vol. 8. P. 118-124.
Hexsel D.M., Mazzuco R. Subcision: a treatment for cellulite // Int. J. Dermatol. 2000. Vol. 39. P. 539-544.
Gilley A.T. Treatment of cellulite with LPG endermologie П Int J. Dermatol. 2009. Vol. 48. P. 265-270.
Collis N.. Elliot L.A., Sharpe C., Sharpe D.T. Cellulite treatment: a myth or reality: a prospective randomized, controlled trial of two therapies, endermologie and aminophylline cream 11 Plast. Reconstr. Surg. 1999. Vol. 104, N 4. P. 1110— 1114.
Nootheti P.K., Magpantay A., Yosowitz G. et al. A single center, randomized, comparative, prospective clinical study to determine the efficacy of the Velasmooth system versus the Triactive system for the treatment of cellulite 11 Lasers Surg. Med. 2006. Vol. 38, N 10. P. 908-912.
Goldberg D.J., Fazeli A., Berlin A.L. Clinical, laboratory and MRI analysis of cellulite treatment with a unipolar radiofrequency device // Dermatol. Surg. 2008. Vol. 34, N 2. P. 204-209.
Boisnic S., Divaris M., Nelson A.A. et al. A clinical and biological evaluation of a novel, noninvasive radiofrequency device for the long-term reduction of adipose tissue 11 Lasers Surg. Med. 2014. Vol. 46, N 2. P. 94-103.
Jewell M.L., Baxter R.A., Cox S.E. et al. Randomized sham-controlled trial to evaluate the safety and effectiveness of a high-intensity focused ultrasound device for noninvasive body sculpting // Plast. Reconstr. Surg. 2011. Vol. 128, N 1. P. 253-262.
Teitelbaum S.A., Burns J.L., Kubota J. et al. Noninvasive body contouring by focused ultrasound: safety and efficacy of the Contour I device in a multicenter, controlled, clinical study // Plast. Reconstr. Surg. 2007. Vol. 120, N 3. P. 779-789.
Kulick M.I. Evaluation of a noninvasive, dual-wavelength laser-suction and massage device for the regional treatment of cellulite 11 Plast. Reconstr. Surg. 2010. Vol. 125, N 6. P. 1788-1796.
Lach R. Reduction of subcutaneous fat and improvement in cellulite appearance by dual-wavelength, low-level laser energy combined with vacuum and massage // J. Cosmet. Laser Ther. 2008. Vol. 10, N 4. P. 202-209.
Manstein D., Laubach H., Watanabe K. et al. Selective cryolysis: a novel method of non-invasive fat removal 11 Lasers Surg. Med. 2008. Vol. 40, N 9. P. 595-604.
Dover J., Burns J., Coleman S. et al. A prospective clinical study of noninvasive cryolypolysis for subcutaneous fat layer reduction — Interim report of available subject data // Presented at the Annual Meeting of the American Society for Laser Medicine and Surgery. National Harbor, MD, April 2009.
Rosales-Berber LA., Diliz-Perez E. Controlled cooling of subcutaneous fat for body reshaping 11 Presented at the 15th World Congress of the International Confederation for Plastic, Reconstructive and Aesthetic Surgery. New Delhi, India, 2009.
Klein K.B., Zelickson B„ Riopelle J.G. et al. Non-invasive cryolipolysis for subcutaneous fat reduction does not affect serum lipid levels or liver function tests 11 Lasers Surg. Med. 2009. Vol. 41, N 10. P. 785-790.
100 Million Dieters, $20 Billion: The Weight-Loss Industry by the Numbers. 2012. URL: http://abcnews.go.com/Health/ 100-milliondieters-20-billion-weight-loss-industry/story?id = 16297197. (date of access November 20, 2013)
Banting W. Letter on Corpulence, Addressed to the Public. 2nd ed. London : Harrison and Sons, 1863. P. 22.
Statistics, Surveys & Trends. American Society of Aesthetic and Plastic Surgeons. 2012.
Grazer F.M., de Jong R.H. Fatal outcomes from liposuction: census survey of cosmetic surgeons 11 Plast. Reconstr. Surg. 2000. Vol. 105, N 1. P. 436-446; discussion 447-448.
Matarasso A., Swift R.W., Rankin M. Abdominoplasty and abdominal contour surgery: a national plastic surgery survey 11 Plast. Reconstr. Surg. 2006. Vol. 117, N 6. P. 1797-1808.
Manstein D., Laubach H., Watanabe K. et al. Selective cryolysis: a novel method of noninvasive fat removal 11 Lasers Surg. Med. 2008.Vol. 40, N 9. P. 595-604.
Epstein E.H.Jr., Oren M.E. Popsicle panniculitis // N. Engl. J. Med. 1970. Vol. 282, N 17. P. 966-967.
Beacham B.E., Cooper P.FL, Buchanan C.S., Weary P.E. Equestrian cold panniculitis in women 11 Arch. Dermatol. 1980. Vol. 116, N 9. P. 1025-1027.
Collins H.A., Stahlman M„ Scott H.W. Jr. The occurrence of subcutaneous fat necrosis in an infant following induced hypothermia used as an adjuvant in cardiac surgery // Ann. Surg. 1953. Vol. 138, N 6. P. 880-885.
Rotman H. Cold panniculitis in children. Adiponecrosis E frigore of Haxthausen 11 Arch. Dermatol. 1966. Vol. 94, N 6. P. 720-721.
Solomon L.M., Beerman H. Cold panniculitis 11 Arch. Dermatol. 1963. Vol. 88. P. 897-900.
Zelickson B., Egbert B.M., Preciado J. et al. Cryolipolysis for noninvasive fat cell destruction: initial results from a pig model 11 Dermatol. Surg. 2009. Vol. 35, N 10. P. 1462-1470.
Kaminer M„ Weiss R., Newman J. Visible cosmetic improvement with cryolipolysis: photographic evidence 11 Annual Meeting of the American Society for Dermatologic Surgery. Phoenix, AZ, 2009.
Dierickx C.C., Mazer J.M., Sand M. et al. Safety, tolerance, and patient satisfaction with noninvasive cryolipolysis // Dermatol. Surg. 2013. Vol. 39, N 8. P. 1209-1216.
Shek S.Y., Chan N.P., Chan H.H. Non-invasive cryolipolysis for body contouring in Chinese — a first commercial experience 11 Lasers Surg. Med. 2012. Vol. 44, N 2. P. 125-130.
Coleman S.R., Sachdeva K., Egbert B.M. et al. Clinical efficacy of noninvasive cryolipolysis and its effects on peripheral nerves 11 Aesthetic Plast. Surg. 2009. Vol. 33, N 4. P. 482-488.
Dover J., Saedi N., Kaminer M. et al. Side effects and risks associated with cryolipolysis 11 Annual Meeting of the American Society for Laser Medicine and Surgery. Grapevine, TX, 2011.
Klein K.B., Zelickson B., Riopelle J.G. et al. Non-invasive cryolipolysis for subcutaneous fat reduction does not affect serum lipid levels or liver function tests // Lasers Surg. Med. 2009.Vol. 41, N 10. P. 785-790.
Jalian H.R., Avram M.M., Anderson R.R. Rare side effects of cryolipolysis 11 American Society for Laser Medicine and Surgery. Boston, MA, 2013.
Jalian H.R., Avram M.M., Garibyan L. et al. Paradoxical adipose hyperplasia following cryolipolysis 11 JAMA Dermatol. 2014. Vol. 150, N 3. P. 317-319.
Jewell M.L., Solish N.J., Desilets C.S. Noninvasive body sculpting technologies with an emphasis on high-intensity focused ultrasound // Aesthetic Plast. Surg. 2011. Vol. 35, N5. P. 901-912.
Moreno-Moraga J., Valero-Aites T„ Riquelme A.M. et al. Body contouring by non-invasive transdermal focused ultrasound 11 Lasers Surg. Med. 2007. Vol. 39, N 4. P. 315-323.
Teitelbaum S.A., Burns J.L., Kubota J. et al. Noninvasive body contouring by focused ultrasound: safety and efficacy of the Contour I device in a multicenter, controlled, clinical study // Plast. Reconstr. Surg. 2007. Vol. 120, N 3. P. 779-789; discussion 790.
Shek S., Yeung C.K., Kono T. et al. The use of focused ultrasound for non-invasive body contouring in Asians 11 Lasers Surg. Med. 2009. Vol. 41, N 10. P. 751-759.
Fruehauf J.H., Back W, Eiermann A. et al. High-intensity focused ultrasound for the targeted destruction of uterine tissues: experiences from a pilot study using a mobile HIFU unit 11 Arch. Gynecol. Obstet. 2008. Vol. 277, N 2. P. 143-150.
Yoshizawa S., Ikeda T, Ito A. et al. High intensity focused ultrasound lithotripsy with cavitating microbubbles 11 Med. Biol. Eng. Comput. 2009. Vol. 47, N 8. P. 851-860.
Fatemi A. High-intensity focused ultrasound effectively reduces adipose tissue // Semin. Cutan. Med. Surg. 2009. Vol. 28, N 4. P. 257-262.
Gadsden E„ Aguilar M.T., Smoller B.R., Jewell M.L. Evaluation of a novel high-intensity focused ultrasound device for ablating subcutaneous adipose tissue for noninvasive body contouring: safety studies in human volunteers 11 Aesthet. Surg. J. 2011. Vol. 31, N 4. P. 401-410.
Jewell M.L., Desilets C„ Smoller B.R. Evaluation of a novel high-intensity focused ultrasound device: preclinical studies in a porcine model // Aesthet. Surg. J. 2011. Vol. 31, N 4. P. 429-434.
Fatemi A., Kane M.A. High-intensity focused ultrasound effectively reduces waist circumference by ablating adipose tissue from the abdomen and flanks: a retrospective case series 11 Aesthetic Plast. Surg. 2010. Vol. 34, N 5. P. 577-582.
Jewell M.L., Baxter R.A., Cox S.E. et al. Randomized sham-controlled trial to evaluate the safety and effectiveness of a high-intensity focused ultrasound device for noninvasive body sculpting 11 Plast. Reconstr. Surg. 2011. Vol. 128, N 1. P. 253-262.
Alster T.S., Lupton J.R. Nonablative cutaneous remodeling using radiofrequency devices 11 Clin. Dermatol. 2007. Vol. 25, N 5. P. 487-491.
Franco W, Kothare A., Ronan S.J. et al. Hyperthermic injury to adipocyte cells by selective heating of subcutaneous fat with a novel radiofrequency device: feasibility studies 11 Lasers Surg. Med. 2010. Vol. 42, N 5. P. 361-370.
Avci P, Gupta A., Sadasivam M. et al. Low-level laser (light) therapy (LLLT) in skin: stimulating, healing, restoring // Semin. Cutan. Med. Surg. 2013. Vol. 32, N 1. P. 41-52.
Avci P„ Gupta G.K., Clark J. et al. Low-level laser (light) therapy (LLLT) for treatment of hair loss 11 Lasers Surg. Med. 2014. Vol. 46, N 2. P. 144-151.
Neira R., Arroyave J., Ramirez H. et al. Fat liquefaction: effect of low-level laser energy on adipose tissue 11 Plast. Reconstr. Surg. 2002. Vol. 110, N 3. P. 912-922; discussion 923-925.
Elm C.M., Wallander I.D., Endrizzi B., Zelickson B.D. Efficacy of a multiple diode laser system for body contouring // Lasers Surg. Med. 2011. Vol. 43, N 2. P. 114-121.
Jackson R.F., Dedo D.D., Roche G.C. et al. Low-level laser therapy as a non-invasive approach for body contouring: a randomized, controlled study // Lasers Surg. Med. 2009. Vol. 41, N 10. P. 799-809.
Anderson R.R., Parrish J.A. Selective photothermolysis: precise microsurgery by selective absorption of pulsed radiation II Science. 1983. Vol. 220, N 4596. P. 524-527.
Anderson R.R., Farinelli W, Laubach H. et al. Selective photothermolysis of lipid-rich tissues: a free electron laser study 11 Lasers Surg. Med. 2006. Vol. 38, N 10. P. 913-919.
Wanner M., Avram M., Gagnon D. et al. Effects of non-invasive, 1210-nm laser exposure on adipose tissue: results of a human pilot study 11 Lasers Surg. Med. 2009. Vol. 41, N 6. P. 401-407.
Schmidt P.K., Carter J.E. Static and dynamic differences among five types of skin fold calipers 11 Hum. Biol. 1990. Vol. 62, N 3. P. 369-388.
Aoki K.R. Pharmacology and immunology of botulinum neurotoxins 11 Int. Ophthalmol. Clin. 2005. Vol. 45, N 3. P. 25-37.
Carruthers A. History of the clinical use of botulinum toxin A and В // Clin. Dermatol. 2003. Vol. 21, N 6. P. 469-472.
Carruthers J., Fagien S., Matarasso S.L.; Botox Consensus Group. Consensus recommendations on the use of botulinum toxin type a in facial aesthetics // Plast. Reconstr. Surg. 2004. Vol. 114, suppl. 6. P. 1S-22S.
Karsai S., Raulin C. Current evidence on the unit equivalence of different botulinum neurotoxin A formulations and recommendations for clinical practice in dermatology 11 Dermatol.
Wenzel R., Jones D., Borrego J.A. Comparing two botulinum toxin type A formulations using manufacturers’ product summaries // J. Clin. Pharm. Ther. 2007. Vol. 32, N 4. P. 387-402.
Klein A.W., Carruthers A., Fagien S., Lowe N.J. Comparisons among botulinum toxins: an evidence-based review 11 Plast. Reconstr. Surg 2008. Vol. 121, N 6. P. 413e-422e.
Jandhyala R. Relative potency of incobotulinumtoxin A vs onabotulinumtoxin A: a meta-analysis of key evidence 11 J. Drugs Dermatol. 2012. Vol. 11, N 6. P. 731-736.
Sattler G. Current and future botulinum neurotoxin type A preparations in aesthetics: a literature review 11 J. Drugs Dermatol. 2010. Vol. 9, N 9. P. 1065-1071.
Huang W., Foster J.A., Rogachefsky A.S. Pharmacology of botulinum toxin 11 J. Am. Acad. Dermatol. 2000. Vol. 43, N 2. Pt 1. P. 249-259.
Spencer J.M. Botulinum toxin B: the new option in cosmetic injection // J. Drugs Dermatol. 2002. Vol. 1, N 1. P. 17-22.
Alam M„ Dover J.S., Arndt K.A. Pain associated with injection of botulinum A exotoxin reconstituted using isotonic sodium chloride with and without preservative: a doubleblind, randomized controlled trial // Arch. Dermatol. 2002. Vol. 138, N4. P. 510-514.
Yadoud-Seyedi J., Simonart T. Treatment of axillary hyperhidrosis with botulinum toxin type A reconstituted in lidocaine or in normal saline: a randomized, side-by-side, double-blind study 11 Br. J. Dermatol. 2007. Vol. 156, N 5. P. 986-989.
Liu A., Carruthers A., Cohen J.L. et al. Recommendations and current practices for the reconstitution and storage of botulinum toxin type A 11 J. Am. Acad. Dermatol. 2012. Vol. 67, N 3. P. 373- 378.
Trindade De Almeida A.R., Secco L.C., Carruthers A. Handling botulinum toxins: an updated literature review // Dermatol. Surg. 2011. Vol. 37, N 11. P. 1553-1565.
Hexsel D.M., De Almeida A.T., Rutowitsch M. et al. Multicenter, double-blind study of the efficacy of injections with botulinum toxin type A reconstituted up to six consecutive weeks before application // Dermatol. Surg. 2003. Vol. 29, N 5. P. 523-529; discussion 529.
Flynn T.C., Carruthers A., Carruthers J. Surgical pearl: the use of the Ultra-Fine II short needle 0.3-cc insulin syringe for botulinum toxin injections 11 J. Am. Acad. Dermatol. 2002. Vol. 46, N 6. P. 931-933.
Hillebrand G.G., Liang Z., Yan X. et al. New wrinkles on wrinkling: an 8-year longitudinal study on the progression of expression lines into persistent wrinkles // Br. J. Dermatol. 2010. Vol. 162, N6. P. 1233-1241.
Lewis T„ Jacobsen G., Ozog D. Intrafollicular orifice injection technique for botulinum toxin type A // Arch. Dermatol. 2008. Vol. 144, N 12. P. 1657-1658.
Ascher B., Talarico S., Cassuto D. et al. International consensus recommendations on the aesthetic usage of botulinum toxin type A (Speywood Unit) — Part II: Wrinkles on the middle and lower face, neck and chest //J. Eur. Acad. Dermatol. Venereol. 2010. Vol. 24, N 11. P. 1285-1295.
Ascher B., Talarico S., Cassuto D. et al. International consensus recommendations on the aesthetic usage of botulinum toxin type A (Speywood Unit) — Part I: upper facial wrinkles 11 J. Eur. Acad. Dermatol. Venereol. 2010. Vol. 24, N 11. P. 1278-1284.
Kane M.A. Classification of crow’s feet patterns among Caucasian women: the key to individualizing treatment 11 Plast. Reconstr. Surg. 2003. Vol. 112, suppl. 5. P. 33S-39S.
Ahn M.S., Catten M., Maas C.S. Temporal brow lift using botulinum toxin A // Plast. Reconstr. Surg. 2000. Vol. 105, N 3. P. 1129-1135; discussion 1136-1139.
Cohen J.L., Dayan S.H. Botulinum toxin type a in the treatment of dermatochalasis: an open-label, randomized, dosecomparison study 11 J. Drugs Dermatol. 2006. Vol. 5, N 7. P. 596-601.
Carruthers J., Carruthers A. Botulinum toxin A in the mid and lower face and neck // Dermatol. Clin. 2004. Vol. 22, N 2. P. 151-158.
Pessa J.E., Brown F. Independent effect of various facial mimetic muscles on the nasolabial fold // Aesthetic Plast Surg. 1992. Vol. 16. N 2. P. 167-171.
Dayan S.H., Kempiners J.J. Treatment of the lower third of the nose and dynamic nasal tip ptosis with Botox. Plast. Reconstr. Surg. 2005. Vol. 115, N 6. P. 1784-1785.
Ghavami A., Janis J.E., Guyuron B. Regarding the treatment of dynamic nasal tip ptosis with botulinum toxin A 11 Plast. Reconstr. Surg. 2006. Vol. 118, N1. P. 263-264.
Flynn T.C., Carruthers J.A., Carruthers J.A., Clark R.E. 2nd. Botulinum A toxin (BOTOX) in the lower eyelid: dose-finding study 11 Dermatol. Surg. 2003. Vol. 29, N 9. P. 943-950; discussion 950-951.
Cohen J.L., Dayan S.H., Cox S.E. et al. Onabotulinumtoxin A dose-ranging study for hyperdynamic perioral lines // Dermatol. Surg. 2012. Vol. 38, N 9. P. 1497-1505.
Mazzuco R., Hexsel D. Gummy smile and botulinum toxin: a new approach based on the gingival exposure area 11 J. Am. Acad. Dermatol. 2010. Vol. 63, N 6. P. 1042-1051.
Mangano A. Current strategies in the treatment of gummy smile using botulinum toxin type A 11 Plast. Reconstr. Surg. 2012. Vol. 129, N 6. P. 1015e.
Hwang W.S., Hur M.S., Hu K.S. et al. Surface anatomy of the lip elevator muscles for the treatment of gummy smile using botulinum toxin 11 Angle Orthod. 2009. Vol. 79, N1. P. 70-77.
Sucupira E., Abramovitz A. A simplified method for smile enhancement: botulinum toxin injection for gummy smile // Plast. Reconstr. Surg. 2012. Vol. 130, N 3. P. 726-728.
Carruthers J., Carruthers A. Practical cosmetic Botox techniques II J. Cutan. Med. Surg. 1999. Vol. 3, suppl. 4. P. S49-S52.
Levy P.M. The «Nefertiti lift»: a new technique for specific re-contouring of the jawline 11 J. Cosmet. Laser Ther. 2007. Vol. 9, N 4. P. 249-252.
Choe S.W., Cho W.I., Lee C.K., Seo SJ. Effects of botulinum toxin type A on contouring of the lower face // Dermatol. Surg. 2005. Vol. 31, N 5. P. 502-507; discussion 507-508.
Kim N.H., Chung J.H., Park R.H., Park J.B. The use of botulinum toxin type A in aesthetic mandibular contouring 11 Plast. Reconstr. Surg. 2005. Vol. 115, N 3. P. 919-930.
Solish N.. Bertucci V, Dansereau A. et al. A comprehensive approach to the recognition, diagnosis, and severity-based treatment of focal hyperhidrosis: recommendations of the Canadian Hyperhidrosis Advisory Committee // Dermatol. Surg. 2007. Vol. 33, N 8. P. 908-923.
Vergilis-Kalner I.J. Same-patient prospective comparison of Botox versus Dysport for the treatment of primary axillary hyperhidrosis and review of literature // J. Drugs Dermatol. 2011. Vol. 10, N9. P. 1013-1015.
Naumann M., Lowe N.J., Kumar C.R., Hamm H.; Hyperhidrosis Clinical Investigators Group. Botulinum toxin type a is a safe and effective treatment for axillary hyperhidrosis over 16 months: a prospective study 11 Arch. Dermatol. 2003. Vol. 139, N6. P. 731-736.
Hornberger J., Grimes K., Naumann M. et al.; Multi-Specialty Working Group on the Recognition, Diagnosis, and Treatment of Primary Focal Hyperhidrosis. Recognition, diagnosis, and treatment of primary focal hyperhidrosis 11 J. Am. Acad. Dermatol. 2004. Vol. 51, N 2. P. 274-286.
Benohanian A. What stands in the way of treating palmar hyperhidrosis as effectively as axillary hyperhidrosis with botulinum toxin type A // Dermatol. Online J. 2009. Vol. 15, N 4. P. 12.
Cohen J.L., Cohen G., Solish N., Murray C.A. Diagnosis, impact, and management of focal hyperhidrosis: treatment review including botulinum toxin therapy // Facial Plast. Surg. Clin. North Am. 2007. Vol. 15, N 1. P. 17-30, v-vi.
Cohen J.L., Solish N. Treatment of hyperhidrosis with botulinum toxin // Facial Plast. Surg. Clin. North Am. 2003. Vol. 11, N4. P. 493-502.
Cote T.R., Mohan A.K., Polder J.A. et al. Botulinum toxin type A injections: adverse events reported to the US Food and Drug Administration in therapeutic and cosmetic cases 11 J. Am. Acad. Dermatol. 2005. Vol. 53, N 3. P. 407-415.
Karami M., Taheri A., Mansoori P. Treatment of botulinum toxin-induced eyelid ptosis with anticholinesterases 11 Dermatol. Surg. 2007. Vol. 33, N 11. P. 1392-1394; discussion 1394-1395.
Naumann M., Carruthers A., Carruthers J. et al. Meta-analysis of neutralizing antibody conversion with onabotulinumtoxin A (BOTOX(R)) across multiple indications 11 Mov. Disord. 2010. Vol. 25, N 13. P. 2211-2218.
Lawrence I., Moy R. An evaluation of neutralizing antibody induction during treatment of glabellar lines with a new US formulation of botulinum neurotoxin type A11 Aesthet. Surg. J. 2009. Vol. 29, suppl. 6. P. S66-S71.
Kane M.A., Brandt E, Rohrich R.J. et al.; Reloxin Investigational Group. Evaluation of variable-dose treatment with a new U.S. Botulinum Toxin Type A (Dysport) for correction of moderate to severe glabellar lines: results from a phase III, randomized, double-blind, placebo-controlled study 11 Plast. Reconstr. Surg. 2009. Vol. 124, N 5. P. 1619-1629.
Carruthers A., Carruthers J. Prospective, double-blind, randomized, parallel-group, dose-ranging study of botulinum toxin type A in men with glabellar rhytids // Dermatol. Surg. 2005. Vol. 31, N 10. P. 1297-1303.
Hardaway С.A., Ross E.Y., Barnette D.J., Paithankar D.Y. Nonablative cutaneous remodeling with a 1.45 micron midinfrared diode laser: phase I // J. Cosmet. Laser Then 2002. Vol. 4. P. 3-8.
Mordon S., Capon A., Creusy C. et al. In vivo experimental evaluation of skin remodeling by using an EriGlass laser with contact cooling 11 Lasers Surg. Med. 2000. Vol. 27. P. 1-9.
Goldberg D.J., Whitworth J. Laser skin resurfacing with the Q switched Nd:YAG laser 11 Dermatol. Surg. 1997. Vol. 23. P. 903-907.
Goldberg D.J., Metzler C. Skin resurfacing utilizing a low fluence Nd:YAG laser 11 J. Cutan. Laser Ther. 1999. Vol. 1. P. 23-27.
Nelson J.S., Millner T.E., Dave D. et al. Clinical Study of nonablative laser treatment of facial rhytides 11 Lasers Surg. Med. 1998. Vol. 17, suppl. 9. P. 150.
Sadick N.S., Makino Y. Selective electro-thermolysis in aesthetic medicine: a review 11 Lasers Surg. Med. 2004. Vol. 34. P. 91-97.
Tanzi E.L., Alster T.S. Comparison of a 1450-nm diode laser and a 1320-nm Nd:YAG laser in the treatment of atrophic facial scars: a prospective clinical and histologic study // Dermatol. Surg. 2004. Vol. 30, N 2. Pt 1. P. 152-157.
Dahan S., Lagarde J.M., Turlier Y. et al. Treatment of neck lines and forehead rhytids with a nonablative 1540-nm Er:Glass laser: a controlled clinical study combined with the measurement of the thickness and the mechanical properties of the skin // Dermatol. Surg. 2004. Vol. 30. P. 872-879.
Badawi A., Tome M.A., Atteya A. et al. Retrospective analysis of non-ablative scar treatment in dark skin types using the sub millisecond Nd:YAG 1064 nm laser // Lasers Surg. Med. 2011. Vol. 43. P. 130-136.
Zelickson B.D., Kilmer S.L., Bernstein E. et al. Pulsed dye laser for sun damaged skin // Lasers Surg. Med. 1999. Vol. 25. P. 229-236.
Tanghetti E.A., Sherr E.A., Alvarado S.L. Multipass treatment of photodamage using the pulse dye laser // Dermatol. Surg. 2003.Vol. 29, N 7. P. 686-690; discussion 690-691.
Bjerring P„ Clement M„ Heickendorff L. et al. Selective nonablative wrinkle reduction by laser H J. Cutan. Laser Ther. 2000. Vol. 2, N1. P. 9-15.
Goldberg D.J. New collagen formation after dermal remodeling with an intense pulsed light source //J. Cutan. Laser Ther. 2000. Vol. 2, N 2. P. 59-61.
Goldberg D.J. Histologic changes after treatment with an intense pulsed light // J. Cutan. Laser Ther. 2000. Vol. 2. P. 53-56.
Weiss R.A., Weiss M.A., Beasley K.L. Rejuvenation of photoaged skin: 5 years results with intense pulsed light of the face, neck and chest 11 Dermatol. Surg. 2002. Vol. 28, N 12. P. 1115-1119.
Wong W.R., Shyu W.L., Tsai J.W. et al. Intense pulsed light effects on the expression of extracellular matrix proteins and transforming growth factor beta-1 in skin dermal fibroblasts cultured within contracted collagen lattices // Dermatol. Surg. 2009. Vol. 35, N 5. P. 816-825.
Hernandez-Perez E., Ibiett E.V. Gross and microscopic findings in patients submitted to nonablative full-face resurfacing using intense pulsed light: a preliminary study // Dermatol. Surg. 2002. Vol. 28, N 8. P. 651-655.
Bitter P.J. Noninvasive rejuvenation of photoaged skin using serial, full-face intense pulsed light treatments // Dermatol. Surg. 2000. Vol. 26. P. 835-843.
Kono T, Groff W.F., Sakurai H. et al. Comparison study of intense pulsed light versus a long-pulse pulsed dye laser in the treatment of facial skin rejuvenation 11 Ann. Plast. Surg. 2007. Vol. 59, N 5. P. 479-483.
Jacobson L.G., Alexiades-Armenakas M.R., Bernstein L., Geronemus R.G. Treatment of nasolabial folds and jowls with a non-invasive radiofrequency device // Arch. Dermatol. 2003. Vol. 139. P. 1313-1320.
Hsu T.S., Kaminer M.S. The use of nonablative radiofrequency technology to tighten the lower face and neck 11 Semin. Cutan. Med. Surg. 2003. Vol. 22. P. 115-123.
Ruiz-Esparza J., Gomez J.B. Non-ablative radiofrequency tissue tightening of facial skin: the medical face lift: a report of 25 patients 11 Lasers Surg. Med. Suppl. 2003. Vol. 15. P. 36.
Ruiz-Esparza J. Noninvasive lower eyelid blepharoplasty: a new technique using nonablative radiofrequency on periorbital skin 11 Dermatol. Surg. 2004. Vol. 30, N 2. Pt 1. P. 125-129.
Olhoffer I.H., Leffell D.J. What’s new in electrosurgery? Coblation: a new method for facial resurfacing // Aesthet. Dermatol. Cosmet. Surg. 1999. Vol. 1. P. 31-33.
Tope W.D. Multi-electrode radio frequency resurfacing of ex vivo human skin // Dermatol. Surg. 1999. Vol. 25. P. 348-352.
Grekin R.C., Tope W.D., Yarborough J.M. Jr. et al. Electro-surgical facial resurfacing: a prospective multicenter study of efficacy and safety // Arch. Dermatol. 2000. Vol. 136, N 11. P. 1309-1316.
Huzaira M., Anderson R.R., Sink K„ Manstein D. Intradermal focusing of near-infrared optical pulses: a new approach for non-ablative laser therapy // Lasers Surg. Med. 2003. Vol. 32, suppl. 15. P. 17-38.
Manstein D., Herron G.S., Sink R.K. et al. Fractional photothermolysis: a new concept for cutaneous remodeling using microscopic patterns of thermal injury 11 Lasers Surg. Med. 2004.Vol. 34, N 5. P. 426-438.
Bogdan Allemann L, Kaufman J. Fractional photothermolysis — an update // Lasers Med. Sci. 2010. Vol. 25, N 1. P. 137-144.
Laubach H.J., Tannous Z., Anderson R.R., Manstein D. Skin responses to fractional photothermolysis // Lasers Surg. Med. 2006.Vol. 38. P. 142-149.
Rokhsar C.K., Fitzpatrick R.E. The treatment of photodamage and facial rhytides with fractional photothermolysis 11 Lasers Surg. Med. 2005. Suppl. 17. P. 32.
Wanner M., Tanzi E.L., Alster T.S. Fractional photothermolysis: treatment of facial and nonfacial cutaneous photodamage with a 1550-nm erbium-doped fiber laser 11 Dermatol. Surg. 2007.Vol. 33, N l.P. 23-28.
Alajlan A., Alsuwaidan S. Acne scars in ethnic skin treated with both non-ablative fractional 1550 nm and ablative fractional CO2 lasers: comparative retrospective analysis with recommended guidelines // Lasers Surg. Med. 2001. Vol. 43. P. 787-791.
Hruza G„ Taub A.F., Collier S.L., Mulholland S.R. Skin rejuvenation and wrinkle reduction using a fractional radiofrequency system 11 J. Drugs Dermatol. 2009. Vol. 8, N 3. P. 259-265.
Brightman L., Goldman M.P., Taub A.F. Sublative rejuvenation: experience with a new fractional radiofrequency system for skin rejuvenation and repair 11 J. Drugs Dermatol. 2009. Vol. 8, N 11. Suppl. P. s9-13.
Taub A.F., Garretson C.B. Treatment of acne scars of skin types II to V by sublative fractional bipolar radio requency and bipolar radio requency combined with diode laser 11 J. Clin. Aesthet. Dermatol. 2011. Vol. 4, N 10. P. 18-27.
Man J., Goldberg D.J. Safety and efficacy of fractional bipolar radio frequency treatment in Fitzpatrick skin types V-VI 11 J. Cosmet. Laser Ther. 2012. Vol. 14, N 4. P. 179-183.
Ciocon D.H., Rokhsar C.K. Laser treatment of pigmentation associated with photoaging // Clinical Procedures in Laser Skin Rejuvenation / eds P.J. Carniol, N.S. Sadick. Boca Raton, FL : Information Press, 2007.
Ciocon D.H., Rokhsar C.K. Fractional resurfacing о difficult to treat anatomical locations 11 US Dermatology Review / eds J. Mckenna, S. Clements. London : Touch Briefings, 2007.
Avram M.M., Tope W.D., Yu T. et al. Hypertrophic scarring о the neck following ablative fractional carbon dioxide laser resurfacing 11 Lasers Surg. Med. 2009. Vol. 41, N 3. P. 185-188.
Fife D., Fitzpatrick R.E., Zachary C.B. Complications of fractional CO, laser resurfacing: our cases 11 Lasers Surg. Med. 2009. Vol. 41. P. 179-184.
Anderson R.R., Parrish J.A. Selective photothermolysis: precise microsurgery by selective absorption of pulsed radiation // Science. 1983. Vol. 220. P. 524-527.
Altshuler G.B., Anderson R.R., Manstein D. et al. Extended theory of selective photothermolysis 11 Lasers Surg. Med. 2001. Vol. 29. P. 416-432.
Waldorf H.A., Kauvar A.N., Geronemus R.G. Skin resurfacing of fine to deep rhytides using a char-free carbon dioxide laser in 47 patients // Dermatol. Surg. 1995. Vol. 21. P. 940-946.
Fitzpatrick R.E., Goldman M.P., Satur N.M., Tope W.D. Pulsed carbon dioxide laser resurfacing of photo-aged facial skin // Arch. Dermatol. 1996. Vol. 132. P. 395-402.
Alster T.S., West T.B. Resurfacing of atrophic facial acne scars with a high-energy, pulsed carbon dioxide laser 11 Dermatol. Surg. 1996. Vol. 22. P. 151-154; discussion 154-155.
Paithankar D.Y., Clifford J.M., Saleh B.A. et al. Subsurface skin renewal by treatment with a 1450-nm laser in combination with dynamic cooling 11 J. Biomed. Opt. 2003. Vol. 8. P. 545-551.
Goldberg D.J. Non-ablative subsurface remodeling: clinical and histologic evaluation of a 1320-nm Nd:YAG laser 11 J. Cutan. Laser Ther. 1999. Vol. 1. P. 153-157.
Manstein D., Herron G.S., Sink R.K. et al. Fractional photothermolysis: a new concept for cutaneous remodeling using microscopic patterns of thermal injury // Lasers Surg. Med. 2004. Vol. 34. P. 426-438.
Kauvar A.N., Waldorf H.A., Geronemus R.G. A histopathological comparison of «char-free» carbon dioxide lasers 11 Dermatol. Surg. 1996. Vol. 22. P. 343-348.
Walsh J.T. Jr., Flotte T.J., Anderson R.R., Deutsch T.F. Pulsed CO2 laser tissue ablation: effect of tissue type and pulse duration on thermal damage 11 Lasers Surg. Med. 1988. Vol. 8. P. 108-118.
Green H.A., Domankevitz Y, Nishioka N.S. Pulsed carbon dioxide laser ablation of burned skin: in vitro and in vivo analysis 11 Lasers Surg. Med. 1990. Vol. 10. P. 476-484.
Yang C.C., Chai C.Y. Animal study of skin resurfacing using the ultrapulse carbon dioxide laser // Ann. Plast. Surg. 1995. Vol. 35. P. 154-158.
Goldman M.P., Manuskiatti W. Combined laser resurfacing with the 950-microsec pulsed CO2 + Er:YAG lasers // Dermatol. Surg. 1999. Vol. 25. P. 160-163.
Rostan E.F., Fitzpatrick R.E., Goldman M.P. Laser resurfacing with a long pulse erbium:YAG laser compared to the 950 ms pulsed CO(2) laser 11 Lasers Surg. Med. 2001. Vol. 29. P. 136-141.
Rubenstein R„ Roenigk H.H. Jr, Stegman S.J., Hanke C.W Atypical keloids after dermabrasion of patients taking isotretinoin // J. Am. Acad. Dermatol. 1986. Vol. 15. P. 280-285.
Bernestein L.J., Geronemus R.G. Keloid formation with the 585-nm pulsed dye laser during isotretinoin treatment // Arch. Dermatol. 1997. Vol. 133. P. 111-112.
Moy R.L., Moy L.S., Bennett R.G. et al. Systemic isotretinoin: effects on dermal wound healing in a rabbit ear model in vivo // J. Dermatol. Surg. Oncol. 1990. Vol. 16. P. 1142-1146.
Manuskiatti W., Fitzpatrick R.E., Goldman M.P., Krejci-Papa N. Prophylactic antibiotics in patients undergoing laser resurfacing of the skin // J. Am. Acad. Dermatol. 1999. Vol. 40. P. 77-84.
Conn H., Nanda V.S. Prophylactic fluconazole promotes reep-ithelialization in full-face carbon dioxide laser skin resurfacing II Lasers Surg. Med. 2000. Vol. 26. P. 201-207.
Goldman M.P., Roberts T.L. 3rd, Skover G. et al. Optimizing wound healing in the face after laser abrasion //J. Am. Acad. Dermatol. 2002. Vol. 46. P. 399-407.
Fitzpatrick R.E., Williams B., Goldman M.P. Preoperative anesthesia and postoperative considerations in laser resurfacing 11 Semin. Cutan. Med. Surg. 1996. Vol. 15. P. 170-176.
Dijkema S.J., van der Lei B. Long-term results of upper lips treated for rhytides with carbon dioxide laser // Plast. Reconstr. Surg. 2005. Vol. 115. P. 1731-1735.
Fitzpatrick R.E., Goldman M.P., Sriprachya-Anunt S. Resurfacing of photodamaged skin on the neck with an UltraPulse (R) carbon dioxide laser 11 Lasers Surg. Med. 2001. Vol. 28. P. 145-149.
Hantash B.M., Bedi V.P., Kapadia B. et al. In vivo histological evaluation of a novel ablative fractional resurfacing device 11 Lasers Surg. Med. 2007. Vol. 39. P. 96-107.
Hunzeker C.M., Weiss E.T., Geronemus R.G. Fractionated CO2 laser resurfacing: our experience with more than 2000 treatments 11 Aesthet. Surg. J. 2009. Vol. 29. P. 317-322.
Hantash B.M., Bedi V.P., Chan K.F., Zachary C.B. Ex vivo histological characterization of a novel ablative fractional resurfacing device 11 Lasers Surg. Med. 2007. Vol. 39. P. 87-95.
Rahman Z., MacFalls H., Jiang K. et al. Fractional deep dermal ablation induces tissue tightening 11 Lasers Surg. Med. 2009. Vol. 41. P. 78-86.
Ortiz A.E., Tremaine A.M., Zachary C.B. Long-term efficacy of a fractional resurfacing device // Lasers Surg. Med. 2010. Vol. 42. P. 168-170.
Campbell T.M., Goldman M.P. Adverse events of fractionated carbon dioxide laser: review of 373 treatments // Dermatol. Surg. 2010. Vol. 36. P. 1645-1650.
Fitzpatrick R.E. CO2 laser resurfacing 11 Dermatol. Clin. 2001. Vol. 19. P. 443-451, viii.
Walgrave S.E., Ortiz A.E., MacFalls H.T. et al. Evaluation of a novel fractional resurfacing device for treatment of acne scarring // Lasers Surg. Med. 2009. Vol. 41. P. 122-127.
Waibel J., Beer K. Ablative fractional laser resurfacing for the treatment of a third-degree burn 11 J. Drugs Dermatol. 2009. Vol. 8. P. 294-297.
Ibrahimi O.A., Syed Z., Sakamoto F.H. et al. Treatment of tattoo allergy with ablative fractional resurfacing: a novel paradigm for tattoo removal // J. Am. Acad. Dermatol. 2011. Vol. 64. P. 1111-1114.
Cho S.B., Kim H.J., Noh S. et al. Treatment of syringoma using an ablative 10,600-nm carbon dioxide fractional laser: a prospective analysis of 35 patients // Dermatol. Surg. 2011. Vol. 37. P. 433-438.
Lee S.E., Kim J.H., Lee S.J. et al. Treatment of striae distensae using an ablative 10600-nm carbon dioxide fractional laser: a retrospective review of 27 participants // Dermatol. Surg. 2010. Vol. 36. P. 1683-1690.
Serowka K.L., Saedi N., Dover J.S., Zachary C.B. Fractionated ablative carbon dioxide laser for the treatment of rhinophy-ma 11 Lasers Surg. Med. 2014. Vol. 46, N 1. P. 8-12.
Haedersdal M., Sakamoto F.H., Farinelli W.A. et al. Fractional CO(2) laser-assisted drug delivery 11 Lasers Surg. Med. 2010. Vol. 42. P. 113-122.
Fife D.J., Fitzpatrick R.E., Zachary C.B. Complications of fractional CO2 laser resurfacing: four cases 11 Lasers Surg. Med. 2009. Vol. 41. P. 179-184.
Ross R.B., Spencer J. Scarring and persistent erythema after fractionated ablative CO2 laser resurfacing //J. Drugs Dermatol. 2008. Vol. 7. P. 1072-1073.
Avram M.M., Tope W.D., Yu T. et al. Hypertrophic scarring of the neck following ablative fractional carbon dioxide laser resurfacing 11 Lasers Surg. Med. 2009. Vol. 41. P. 185-188.
Ortiz A.E., Tingey C„ Yu Y.E., Ross E.V. Topical steroids implicated in postoperative infection following ablative laser resurfacing 11 Lasers Surg. Med. 2012. Vol. 44. P. 1-3.
Sriprachya-Anunt S., Marchell N.L., Fitzpatrick R.E. et al. Facial resurfacing in patients with Fitzpatrick skin type IV 11 Lasers Surg. Med. 2002. Vol. 30. P. 86-92.
Chan H.H., Manstein D., Yu C.S. et al. The prevalence and risk factors of post-inflammatory hyperpigmentation after fractional resurfacing in Asians // Lasers Surg. Med. 2007. Vol. 39. P. 381-385.
Zelickson B.D., Kist D., Bernstein E. et al. Histological and ultrastructural evaluation of the effects of a radiofrequencybased nonablative dermal remodeling device: a pilot study // Arch. Dermatol. 2004. Vol. 140, N 2. P. 204-209.
Akeson W.H. Application of the Arrhenius equation to rat tail tendon collagen 11 Nature. 1963. Vol. 199. P. 185-186.
Dierickx C.C. The role of deep heating for noninvasive skin rejuvenation 11 Lasers Surg. Med. 2006. Vol. 38, N 9. P. 799-807.
Anderson R.R., Parrish J.A. Selective photothermolysis: precise microsurgery by selective absorption of pulsed radiation 11 Science. 1983. Vol. 220, N 4596. P. 524-527.
Koch R.J., Cheng E.T. Quantification of skin elasticity changes associated with pulsed carbon dioxide laser skin resurfacing 11 Arch. Facial Plast. Surg. 1999. Vol. 1, N 4. P. 272-275.
Fitzpatrick R.E., Rostan E.F., Marchell N. Collagen tightening induced by carbon dioxide laser versus erbium: YAG laser 11 Lasers Surg. Med. 2000. Vol. 27, N 5. P. 395-403.
Hunzeker C.M., Weiss E.T., Geronemus R.G. Fractionated CO2 laser resurfacing: our experience with more than 2000 treatments // Aesthet. Surg. J. 2009. Vol. 29, N 4. P. 317-322.
Chan H.H., Lam L.K., Wong D.S. et al. Use of 1320 nm Nd:YAG laser for wrinkle reduction and the treatment of atrophic acne scarring in Asians // Lasers Surg. Med. 2004. Vol. 34, N 2. P. 98-103.
Tanzi E.L., Williams C.M., Alster T.S. Treatment of facial rhyt-ides with a nonablative 1450-nm diode laser: a controlled clinical and histologic study 11 Dermatol. Surg. 2003. Vol. 29, N 2. P. 124-128.
Nouri K„ Zhang Y.P., Singer L. et al. Effect of the 1450 nm diode non-ablative laser on collagen expression in an artificial skin model 11 Lasers Surg. Med. 2005. Vol. 37, N 1. P. 97-102.
Carniol P.J., Dzopa N., Fernandes N. et al. Facial skin tightening with an 1100-1800 nm infrared device // J. Cosmet. Laser Ther. 2008. Vol. 10, N 2. P. 67-71.
Chan H.H., Yu C.S., Shek S. et al. A prospective, split face, single-blinded study looking at the use of an infrared device with contact cooling in the treatment of skin laxity in Asians II Lasers Surg. Med. 2008. Vol. 40, N 2. P. 146-152.
Dainichi T, Kawaguchi A., Ueda S. et al. Skin tightening effect using fractional laser treatment: I. A randomized half-side pilot study on faces of patients with acne 11 Dermatol. Surg. 2010.Vol. 36, N l.P. 66-70.
Wanner M., Tanzi E.L., Alster T.S. Fractional photothermolysis: treatment of facial and nonfacial cutaneous photodamage with a 1550-nm erbium-doped fiber laser 11 Dermatol. Surg. 2007. Vol. 33, N l.P. 23-28.
Geronemus R.G. Fractional photothermolysis: current and future applications 11 Lasers Surg. Med. 2006. Vol. 38, N 3. P. 169-176.
Weiss R.A. Noninvasive radio frequency for skin tightening and body contouring 11 Semin. Cutan. Med. Surg. 2013. Vol. 32, N 1. P. 9-17.
Fritz M., Counters J.T., Zelickson B.D. Radiofrequency treatment for middle and lower face laxity 11 Arch. Facial Plast. Surg. 2004. Vol. 6, N 6. P. 370-373.
Alster T.S., Tanzi E. Improvement of neck and cheek laxity with a nonablative radiofrequency device: a lifting experience 11 Dermatol. Surg. 2004. Vol. 30, N 4. Pt 1. P. 503-507.
Fitzpatrick R„ Geronemus R., Goldberg D. et al. Multicenter study of noninvasive radiofrequency for periorbital tissue tightening 11 Lasers Surg. Med. 2003. Vol. 33, N 4. P. 232-242.
Taub A.F., Tucker R.D., Palange A. Facial tightening with an advanced 4-MHz monopolar radiofrequency device 11 J. Drugs Dermatol. 2012. Vol. 11, N 11. P. 1288-1294.
Kassim A.T., Goldberg DJ. Assessment of the safety and efficacy of a bipolar multi-frequency radiofrequency device in the treatment of skin laxity 11 J. Cosmet. Laser Then 2013. Vol. 15, N2. P. 114-117.
Elman M., Harth Y. Novel multi-source phase-controlled radiofrequency technology for non-ablative and microablative treatment of wrinkles, lax skin and acne scars 11 Laser Ther. 2011.Vol. 20, N 2. P. 139-144.
Mayoral F.A., Vega J.M. Multiple facial burns with the new thermage CPT system 11 J. Drugs Dermatol. 2011. Vol. 10, N 11. P. 1320-1321.
Alam M., White L.E., Martin N. et al. Ultrasound tightening of facial and neck skin: a rater-blinded prospective cohort study // J. Am. Acad. Dermatol. 2010. Vol. 62, N 2. P. 262-269.
Lee H.S., Jang W.S., Cha Y.J. et al. Multiple pass ultrasound tightening of skin laxity of the lower face and neck // Dermatol. Surg. 2012. Vol. 38, N 1. P. 20-27.
Fabi S.G., Massaki A., Eimpunth S. et al. Evaluation of microfocused ultrasound with visualization for lifting, tightening, and wrinkle reduction of the decolletage 11 J. Am. Acad. Dermatol. 2013. Vol. 69, N 6. P. 965-971.
Alster T.S., Tanzi E.L. Noninvasive lifting of arm, thigh, and knee skin with transcutaneous intense focused ultrasound // Dermatol. Surg. 2012. Vol. 38, N 5. P. 754-759.
Morton С.A., Szeimies R.M., Sidoroff A., Braathen L.R. European guidelines for topical photodynamic therapy part 1: treatment delivery and current indications — actinic keratoses, Bowens disease, basal cell carcinoma // J. Eur. Acad. Dermatol. Venereol. 2012. Vol. 27, N 5. P. 536-544.
Braathen L.R., Szeimies R.M., Basset-Seguin N. et al. Guidelines on the use of photodynamic therapy for nonmelanoma skin cancer: an international consensus. International Society for Photodynamic Therapy in Dermatology, 2005 // J. Am. Acad. Dermatol. 2007. Vol. 56, N 1. P. 125-143.
Kennedy J.C., Pottier R.H. Endogenous protoporphyrin IX, a clinically useful photosensitizer for photodynamic therapy // J. Photochem. Photobiol. B. 1992. Vol. 14, N 4. P. 275-292.
Kennedy J.C., Pottier R.H., Pross D.C. Photodynamic therapy with endogenous protoporphyrin IX: basic principles and present clinical experience // J. Photochem. Photobiol. B. 1990. Vol. 6,N 1-2. P. 143-148.
Kennedy J.C., Marcus S.L., Pottier R.H. Photodynamic therapy (PDT) and photodiagnosis (PD) using endogenous photosensitization induced by 5-aminolevulinic acid (ALA): mechanisms and clinical results 11 J. Clin. Laser Med. Surg. 1996. Vol. 14, N 5. P. 289-304.
Henderson B.W., Dougherty T.J. How does photodynamic therapy work? 11 Photochem. Photobiol. 1992. Vol. 55, N 1. P. 145-157.
Redmond R.M. Photophysics and photochemistry in photodynamic therapy 11 Advances in Photodynamic Therapy. Basic, Translational, and Clinical. 1st ed. I eds M.R. Hamblin, P. Mroz. Boston, MA : Artech House, 2008. P. 41-58.
Moan J., Juzeniene A. The role of oxygen in photodynamic therapy 11 Advances in Photodynamic Therapy. Basic, Translational, and Clinical. 1st ed. / eds M.R. Hamblin, P. Mroz. Boston, MA : Artech House, 2008. P. 135-149.
Moan J., Sommer S. Oxygen dependence of the photosensitizing effect of hematoporphyrin derivative in NHIK 3025 cells 11 Cancer Res. 1985. Vol. 45, N 4. P. 1608-1610.
Buytaert E., Dewaele M., Agostinis P. Molecular effectors of multiple cell death pathways initiated by photodynamic therapy// Biochim. Biophys. Acta. 2007. Vol. 1776, N 1. P. 86-107.
Nowis D., Golab J. Photodynamic therapy and oxidative stress 11 Advances in Photodynamic Therapy Basic, Translational and Clinical. 1st ed. I eds M.R. Hamblin, P. Mroz. Norwood, MA : Artech House, 2008. P. 151-178.
Garg A.D., Nowis D., Golab J., Agostinis P. Photodynamic therapy: illuminating the road from cell death towards antitumour immunity // Apoptosis. 2010. Vol. 15, N 9. P. 1050-1071.
Agostinis P, Berg K., Cengel K.A. et al. Photodynamic therapy of cancer: an update 11 CA Cancer J. Clin. 2011. Vol. 61, N 4. P. 250-281.
Mroz P., Szokalska A., Wu M.X., Hamblin M.R.. Photodynamic therapy of tumors can lead to development of systemic antigen-specific immune response // PLoS One. 2010. Vol. 5, N 12. Article ID el5194.
Korbelik M. PDT and Inflammation // Advances in Photodynamic Therapy Basic, Translational, and Clinical. 1st ed. I eds M.R. Hamblin, P. Mroz. Norwood, MA : Artech House, 2008. P. 255-266.
Peng Q„ Warloe T, Moan J. et al. Distribution of 5-aminolev-ulinic acid-induced porphyrins in noduloulcerative basal cell carcinoma 11 Photochem. Photobiol. 1995. Vol. 62, N 5. P. 906-913.
Juzeniene A., Juzenas R, Kaalhus O. et al. Temperature effect on accumulation of protoporphyrin IX after topical application of 5-aminolevulinic acid and its methylester and hexylester derivatives in normal mouse skin 11 Photochem. Photobiol. 2002. Vol. 76, N 4. P. 452-456.
Fotinos N., Campo M.A., Popowycz F. et al. 5-Aminolevulinic acid derivatives in photomedicine: characteristics, application and perspectives 11 Photochem. Photobiol. 2006. Vol. 82, N 4. P. 994-1015.
van den Akker J.T., lani V, Star W.M. et al. Topical application of 5-aminolevulinic acid hexyl ester and 5-aminolevulinic acid to normal nude mouse skin: differences in protoporphyrin IX fluorescence kinetics and the role of the stratum corne-um // Photochem. Photobiol. 2000. Vol. 72, N 5. P. 681-689.
Uehlinger R, Zellweger M., Wagnieres G. et al. 5-Aminolev-ulinic acid and its derivatives: physical chemical properties and protoporphyrin IX formation in cultured cells // J. Photochem. Photobiol. B. 2000. Vol. 54, N1. P. 72-80.
Peng Q., Moan J., Warloe T. et al. Build-up of esterified aminolevulinic-acid-derivative-induced porphyrin fluorescence in normal mouse skin // J. Photochem. Photobiol. B. 1996. Vol. 34, N1. P. 95-96.
Fritsch C., Homey B„ Stahl W. et al. Preferential relative porphyrin enrichment in solar keratoses upon topical application of delta-aminolevulinic acid methylester // Photochem. Photobiol. 1998. Vol. 68, N 2. P. 218-221.
Wiegell S.R., Wulf H.C. Photodynamic therapy of acne vulgaris using 5-aminolevulinic acid versus methyl aminolevulinate 11 J. Am. Acad. Dermatol. 2006. Vol. 54, N 4. P. 647-651.
Szeimies R.M., Radny P., Sebastian M. et al. Photodynamictherapy with BF-200 ALA for the treatment of actinic keratosis: results of a prospective, randomized, double-blind, placebo-controlled phase III study // Br. J. Dermatol. 2010. Vol. 163, N 2. P. 386-394.
Anderson R.R. Laser-tissue interactions // Cutaneous Laser Surgery. The art and Science of Selective Photothermolysis. 2nd ed. I ed. G. Almound. St Louis, Missouri: Mosby, 1999. P. 1-18.
Juzeniene A., Juzenas R, Ma L.W. et al. Effectiveness of different light sources for 5-aminolevulinic acid photodynamic therapy // Lasers Med. Sci. 2004. Vol. 19, N 3. P. 139-149.
Morton C.A., Whitehurst C„ Moore J.Y., MacKie R.M. Comparison of red and green light in the treatment of Bowen’s disease by photodynamic therapy // Br. J. Dermatol. 2000. Vol. 143.N4.P. 767-772.
Valentine R.M., Wood K., Brown C.T. et al. Monte Carlo simulations for optimal light delivery in photodynamic therapy of non-melanoma skin cancer // Phys. Med. Biol. 2012. Vol. 57, N 20. P. 6327-6345.
Alexiades-Armenakas M. Laser-mediated photodynamic therapy 11 Clin. Dermatol. 2006. Vol. 24, N 1. P. 16-25.
Alexiades-Armenakas M.R., Geronemus R.G. Laser-mediated photodynamic therapy of actinic keratoses 11 Arch. Dermatol. 2003.Vol. 139, N 10. P. 1313-1320.
Brancaleon L„ Moseley H. Laser and non-laser light sources for photodynamic therapy // Lasers Med. Sci. 2002. Vol. 17, N3. P. 173-186.
Haedersdal M., Togsverd-Bo K„ Wiegell S.R., Wulf H.C. Long-pulsed dye laser versus long-pulsed dye laser-assisted photodynamic therapy for acne vulgaris: a randomized controlled trial // J. Am. Acad. Dermatol. 2008. Vol. 58, N 3. P. 387-394.
Alexiades-Armenakas M. Intense pulsed light-mediated photodynamic therapy // J. Drugs Dermatol. 2005. Vol. 4, N 5. P. 657-658.
Babilas P, Knobler R., Hummel S. et al. Variable pulsed light is less painful than light-emitting diodes for topical photodynamic therapy of actinic keratosis: a prospective randomized controlled trial 11 Br. J. Dermatol. 2007. Vol. 157, N 1. P. 111-117.
Moseley H., Ibbotson S„ Woods J. et al. Clinical and research applications of photodynamic therapy in dermatology: experience of the Scottish PDT Centre // Lasers Surg. Med. 2006. Vol. 38, N 5. P. 403-416.
Dirschka T., Radny P., Dominicas R. et al. Photodynamic therapy with BF-200 ALA for the treatment of actinic keratosis: results of a multicentre, randomized, observer-blind phase III study in comparison with a registered methyl-5-aminolaevulinate cream and placebo // Br. J. Dermatol. 2012. Vol. 166, N 1. P. 137-146.
Togsverd-Bo K., Idorn L.W., Philipsen P.A. et al. Protoporphyrin IX formation and photobleaching in different layers of normal human skin: methyl- and hexylaminolevulinate and different light sources // Exp. Dermatol. 2012. Vol. 21, N 10. P. 745-750.
Strasswimmer J., Grande D.J. Do pulsed lasers produce an effective photodynamic therapy response? 11 Lasers Surg. Med. 2006. Vol. 38, N1. P. 22-25.
Olsen E.A., Abernethy M.L., Kulp-Shorten C. et al. A doubleblind, vehicle-controlled study evaluating masoprocol cream in the treatment of actinic keratoses on the head and neck 11 J. Am. Acad. Dermatol. 1991. Vol. 24, N 5. Pt 1. P. 738-743.
Piacquadio D.J., Chen D.M., Farber FLF. et al. Photodynamic therapy with aminolevulinic acid topical solution and visible blue light in the treatment of multiple actinic keratoses of the face and scalp: investigator-blinded, phase 3, multicenter trials 11 Arch. Dermatol. 2004. Vol. 140, N1. P. 41-46.
Apalla Z„ Sotiriou E., Panagiotidou D. et al. The impact of different fluence rates on pain and clinical outcome in patients with actinic keratoses treated with photodynamic therapy 11 Photodermatol. Photoimmunol. Photomed. 2011. Vol. 27, N4. P. 181-185.
Morton C.A., Brown S.B., Collins S. et al. Guidelines for topical photodynamic therapy: report of a workshop of the British Photodermatology Group 11 Br. J. Dermatol. 2002. Vol. 146, N 4. P. 552-567.
Freeman M., Vinciullo C„ Francis D. et al. A comparison of photodynamic therapy using topical methyl aminolevulinate (Metvix) with single cycle cryotherapy in patients with actinic keratosis: a prospective, randomized study 11 J. Dermatol. Treat. 2003. Vol. 14, N 2. P. 99-106.
Pariser D., Loss R., Jarratt M. et al. Topical methyl-aminolev-ulinate photodynamic therapy using red light-emitting diode light for treatment of multiple actinic keratoses: a randomized, double-blind, placebo-controlled study 11 J. Am. Acad. Dermatol. 2008. Vol. 59, N 4. P. 569-576.
Szeimies R.M., Karrer S„ Radakovic-Fijan S. et al. Photodynamic therapy using topical methyl 5-aminolevulinate compared with cryotherapy for actinic keratosis: a prospective, randomized study //J. Am. Acad. Dermatol. 2002. Vol. 47, N 2. P. 258-262.
Tarstedt M., Rosdahl L, Berne B. et al. A randomized multicenter study to compare two treatment regimens of topical methyl aminolevulinate (Metvix)-PDT in actinic keratosis of the face and scalp // Acta Derm. Venereol. 2005. Vol. 85, N 5. P. 424-428.
Morton C„ Horn M„ Leman J. et al. Comparison of topical methyl aminolevulinate photodynamic therapy with cryotherapy or Fluorouracil for treatment of squamous cell carcinoma in situ: results of a multicenter randomized trial 11 Arch. Dermatol. 2006. Vol. 142, N 6. P. 729-735.
Hadley J., Tristani-Firouzi P„ Hull C. et al. Results of an investigator-initiated single-blind split-face comparison of photodynamic therapy and 5% imiquimod cream for the treatment of actinic keratoses П Dermatol. Surg. 2012. Vol. 38, N 5. P. 722-727.
Serra-Guillen C., Nagore E., Hueso L. et al. A randomized pilot comparative study of topical methyl aminolevulinate photodynamic therapy versus imiquimod 5%versus sequential application of both therapies in immunocompetent patients with actinic keratosis: clinical and histologic outcomes 11 J. Am. Acad. Dermatol. 2012. Vol. 66, N 4. P. el31—el37.
Morton C.A., Whitehurst C., Moseley H. et al. Comparison of photodynamic therapy with cryotherapy in the treatment of Bowen’s disease // Br. J. Dermatol. 1996. Vol. 135, N 5. P. 766-771.
Calzavara-Pinton P.G., Yenturini M., Sala R. et al. Methyl et al. aminolaevulinate-based photodynamic therapy of Bowen’s disease and squamous cell carcinoma // Br. J. Dermatol. 2008. Vol. 159, N1. P. 137-144.
Madan V, Lear J.T., Szeimies R.M. Non-melanoma skin cancer 11 Lancet. 2010. Vol. 375, N 9715. P. 673-685.
Basset-Seguin N„ Ibbotson S.H., Emtestam L. et al. Topical methyl aminolaevulinate photodynamic therapy versus cryotherapy for superficial basal cell carcinoma: a 5 year randomized trial // Eur. J. Dermatol. 2008. Vol. 18, N 5. P. 547-553.
Rhodes L.E., de Rie M.A., Leifsdottir R. et al. Five-year followup of a randomized, prospective trial of topical methyl aminolevulinate photodynamic therapy vs surgery for nodular basal cell carcinoma 11 Arch. Dermatol. 2007. Vol. 143, N 9. P. 1131- 1136.
Telfer N.R., Colver G.B., Morton C.A. Guidelines for the management of basal cell carcinoma 11 Br. J. Dermatol. 2008. Vol. 159, N 1. P. 35-48.
Slaughter D.P., Southwick H.W., Smejkal W. Field canceriza-tion in oral stratified squamous epithelium; clinical implications of multicentric origin // Cancer. 1953. Vol. 6, N 5. P. 963-968.
Young A.R. Cumulative effects of ultraviolet radiation on the skin: cancer and photoaging // Semin. Dermatol. 1990. Vol. 9, N 1. P. 25-31.
Apalla Z., Sotiriou E., Chovarda E. et al. Skin cancer: preventive photodynamic therapy in patients with face and scalp cancerization. A randomized placebo-controlled study // Br. J. Dermatol. 2010. Vol. 162, N 1. P. 171-175.
Bagazgoitia L„ Cuevas S.J., Juarranz A., Jaen P. Photodynamic therapy reduces the histological features of actinic damage and the expression of early oncogenic markers // Br. J. Dermatol. 2011. Vol. 165, N 1. P. 144-151.
Szeimies R.M., Torezan L., Niwa A. et al. Clinical, histopathological and immunohistochemical assessment of human skin field cancerization before and after photodynamic therapy 11 Br. J. Dermatol. 2012. Vol. 167, N 1. P. 150-159.
Zwald F.O., Brown M. Skin cancer in solid organ transplant recipients: advances in therapy and management: part II. Management of skin cancer in solid organ transplant recipients 11 J. Am. Acad. Dermatol. 2011. Vol. 65, N 2. P. 263-279.
Wennberg A.M., Stenquist B., Stockfleth E. et al. Photodynamic therapy with methyl aminolevulinate for prevention of new skin lesions in transplant recipients: a randomized study 11 Transplantation. 2008. Vol. 86, N 3. P. 423-429.
Wulf H.C., Pavel S., Stender L, Bakker-Wensveen C.A. Topical photodynamic therapy for prevention of new skin lesions in renal transplant recipients 11 Acta Derm. Venereol. 2006. Vol. 86, N1. P. 25-28.
Willey A., Mehta S., Lee P.K. Reduction in the incidence of squamous cell carcinoma in solid organ transplant recipients treated with cyclic photodynamic therapy 11 Dermatol. Surg. 2010.Vol. 36, N 5. P. 652-658.
de Graaf Y.G., Kennedy C., Wolterbeek R. et al. Photodynamic therapy does not prevent cutaneous squamous-cell carcinoma in organ-transplant recipients: results of a randomized-controlled trial // J. Invest. Dermatol. 2006. Vol. 126, N 3. P. 569-574.
Kohl E., Karrer S. Photodynamic therapy for photorejuvenation and non-oncologic indications: overview and update 11 G. Ital. Dermatol. Venereol. 2011. Vol. 146, N 6. P. 473-485.
Kohl E„ Torezan L.A., Landthaler M., Szeimies R.M. Aesthetic effects of topical photodynamic therapy 11 J. Eur. Acad. Dermatol. Venereol. 2010. Vol. 24, N 11. P. 1261-1269.
Dover J.S., Bhatia А.С., Stewart В., Arndt К.А. Topical 5-ami-nolevulinic acid combined with intense pulsed light in the treatment of photoaging // Arch. Dermatol. 2005. Vol. 141, N 10. P. 1247-1252.
Gold M.H., Bradshaw V.L., Boring M.M. et al. Split-face comparison of photodynamic therapy with 5-aminolevulinic acid and intense pulsed light versus intense pulsed light alone for photodamage // Dermatol. Surg. 2006. Vol. 32, N 6. P. 795-801.
Hillemanns P„ Wang X., Staehle S. et al. Evaluation of different treatment modalities for vulvar intraepithelial neoplasia (VIN): CO(2) laser vaporization, photodynamic therapy, excision and vulvectomy 11 Gynecol. Oncol. 2006. Vol. 100, N2. P. 271-275.
Sakamoto F.H., Torezan L., Anderson R.R. Photodynamic therapy for acne vulgaris: a critical review from basics to clinical practice: part II. Understanding parameters for acne treatment with photodynamic therapy // J. Am. Acad. Dermatol. 2010. Vol. 63, N 2. P. 195-211.
Sakamoto F.H., Lopes J.D., Anderson R.R. Photodynamic therapy for acne vulgaris: a critical review from basics to clinical practice: part I. Acne vulgaris: when and why consider photodynamic therapy? // J. Am. Acad. Dermatol. 2010. Vol. 63, N2. P. 183-193.
Morton C.A., Szeimies R.M., Sidoroff A., Braathen L.R. European guidelines for topical photodynamic therapy part 2: emerging indications — field cancerization, photorejuvenation and inflammatory/infective dermatoses //J. Eur. Acad. Dermatol. Venereol. 2012. Vol. 27, N 6. P. 672-679.
Stender I.M., Na R., Fogh H. et al. Photodynamic therapy with 5-aminolaevulinic acid or placebo for recalcitrant foot and hand warts: randomised double-blind trial 11 Lancet. 2000. Vol. 355, N 9208. P. 963-966.
Edstrom D.W., Porwit A., Ros A.M. Photodynamic therapy with topical 5-aminolevulinic acid for mycosis fungoides: clinical and histological response // Acta Derm. Venereol. 2001. Vol. 81, N 3. P. 184-188.
Fehr M.K., Hornung R., Schwarz V.A. et al. Photodynamic therapy of vulvar intraepithelial neoplasia III using topically applied 5-aminolevulinic acid 11 Gynecol. Oncol. 2001. Vol. 80, N 1. P. 62-66.
Peng Q„ Soler A.M., Warloe T. et al. Selective distribution of porphyrins in skin thick basal cell carcinoma after topical application of methyl 5-aminolevulinate 11 J. Photochem. Pho-tobiol. B. 2001. Vol. 62, N 3. P. 140-145.
Christensen E., Warloe T, Kroon S. et al. Guidelines for practical use of MAL-PDT in non-melanoma skin cancer 11 J. Eur. Acad. Dermatol. Venereol. 2010. Vol. 24, N 5. P. 505-512.
Ibbotson S.H. Adverse effects of topical photodynamic therapy 11 Photodermatol. Photoimmunol. Photomed. 2011. Vol. 27, N3. P. 116-130.
Halldin C.B., Gillstedt M., Paoli J. et al. Predictors of pain associated with photodynamic therapy: a retrospective study of 658 treatments // Acta Derm. Venereol. 2011. Vol. 91, N 5. P. 545-551.
Wiegell S.R., Skiveren J., Philipsen P.A., Wulf H.C. Pain during photodynamic therapy is associated with protoporphyrin IX fluorescence and fluence rate 11 Br. J. Dermatol. 2008. Vol. 158, N 4. P. 727-733.
Valentine R.M., Ibbotson S.H., Brown C.T. et al. A quantitative comparison of 5-aminolaevulinic acid and methyl aminolevulinate-induced fluorescence, photobleaching and pain during photodynamic therapy// Photochem. Photobiol. 2011.Vol. 87, N 1. P. 242-249.
Halldin C.B., Paoli J., Sandberg C. et al. Nerve blocks enable adequate pain relief during topical photodynamic therapy of field cancerization on the forehead and scalp 11 Br. J. Dermatol. 2009. Vol. 160, N 4. P. 795-800.
Wiegell S.R., Wulf H.C., Szeimies R.M. et al. Daylight photodynamic therapy for actinic keratosis: an international consensus: International Society for Photodynamic Therapy in Dermatology // J. Eur. Acad. Dermatol. Venereol. 2012. Vol. 26, N 6. P. 673-679.
Kaae J., Philipsen P.A., Haedersdal M., Wulf H.C. Immediate whealing urticaria in red light exposed areas during photodynamic therapy 11 Acta Derm. Venereol. 2008. Vol. 88, N 5. P. 480-483.
Korshoj S., Solvsten H., Erlandsen M., Sommerlund M. Frequency of sensitization to methyl aminolaevulinate after photodynamic therapy // Contact Dermatitis. 2009. Vol. 60, N 6. P. 320-324.
Karrer S„ Bosserhoff A.K., Weiderer P. et al. Influence of 5-aminolevulinic acid and red light on collagen metabolism of human dermal fibroblasts 11 J. Invest. Dermatol. 2003. Vol. 120, N 2. P. 325-331.
Wiegell S.R., Heydenreich J., Fabricius S„ Wulf H.C. Continuous ultra-low-intensity artificial daylight is not as effective as red LED light in photodynamic therapy of multiple actinic keratoses 11 Photodermatol. Photoimmunol. Photomed. 2011. Vol. 27, N 6. P. 280-285.
Wiegell S.R., Wulf H.C., Szeimies R.M. et al. Daylight photodynamic therapy for actinic keratosis: an international consensus: International Society for Photodynamic Therapy in Dermatology // J. Eur. Acad. Dermatol. Venereol. 2012. Vol. 26, N 6. P. 673-679.
Wiegell S.R., Fabricius S., Gniadecka M. et al. Daylight-mediated photodynamic therapy of moderate to thick actinic keratoses of the face and scalp: a randomized multicentre study 11 Br. J. Dermatol. 2012. Vol. 166, N 6. P. 1327-1332.
Wiegell S.R., Fabricius S„ Stender I.M. et al. A randomized, multicentre study of directed daylight exposure times of 1(1/2) vs 2(1/2) h in daylight-mediated photodynamic therapy with methyl aminolaevulinate in patients with multiple thin actinic keratoses of the face and scalp 11 Br. J. Dermatol. 2011.Vol. 164, N 5. P. 1083-1090.
Wiegell S.R., Haedersdal M., Eriksen P„ Wulf H.C. Photodynamic therapy of actinic keratoses with 8% and 16% methyl aminolaevulinate and home-based daylight exposure: a double-blinded randomized clinical trial 11 Br. J. Dermatol. 2009. Vol. 160, N 6. P. 1308-1314.
Wiegell S.R., Haedersdal M., Philipsen P.A. et al. Continuous activation of PpIX by daylight is as effective as and less painful than conventional photodynamic therapy for actinic keratoses; a randomized, controlled, single-blinded study // Br. J. Dermatol. 2008. Vol. 158, N 4. P. 740-746.
Manstein D., Herron G.S., Sink R.K. et al. Fractional photothermolysis: a new concept for cutaneous remodeling using microscopic patterns of thermal injury 11 Lasers Surg. Med. 2004.Vol. 34, N 5. P. 426-438.
Haedersdal M„ Katsnelson J., Sakamoto F.H. et al. Enhanced uptake and photoactivation of topical methyl aminolevulinate after fractional CO, laser pretreatment // Lasers Surg. Med. 2011. Vol. 43, N 8. P. 804-813.
Haedersdal M., Sakamoto F.H., Farinelli W.A. et al. Fractional CO(2) laser-assisted drug delivery // Lasers Surg. Med. 2010. Vol. 42, N2. P. 113-122.
Togsverd-Bo K., Haak C.S., Taysen-Petersen D. et al. Intensified photodynamic therapy of actinic keratoses with fractional CO(2) laser: a randomized clinical trial 11 Br. J. Dermatol. 2012.Vol. 166, N 6. P. 1262-1269.
Haedersdal M., Togsverd-Bo K., Paasch U. Case reports on the potential of fractional laser-assisted photodynamic therapy for basal cell carcinomas // Lasers Med. Sci. 2012. Vol. 27, N5. P. 1091-1093.
Monheit G.D., Chastain М.А. Chemical peels И Facial Plast. Surg. Clin. North Am. 2001. Vol. 9. P. 239-255, viii.
Eller J.J., Wolff S. Skin peeling and scarification // JAMA. 1941. Vol. 116. P. 934-938.
Ayres S. 3rd. Dermal changes following application of chemical cauterants to aging skin. Superficial chemosurgery 11 Arch. Dermatol. 1960. Vol. 82. P. 578-585.
Ayres S. 3rd. Superficial chemosurgery in treating aging skin // Arch. Dermatol. 1962. Vol. 85. P. 385-393.
Brown A.M., Kaplan L.M., Brown M.E. Phenol-induced histological skin changes: hazards, technique, and uses // Br. J. Plast. Surg. 1960. Vol. 13. P. 158-169.
Baker T.J. Chemical face peeling and rhytidectomy. A combined approach for facial rejuvenation // Plast. Reconstr. Surg. Transplant. Bull. 1962. Vol. 29. P. 199-207.
Stegman S.J. A comparative histologic study of the effects of three peeling agents and dermabrasion on normal and sundamaged skin // Aesthetic Plast. Surg. 1982. Vol. 6. P. 123-135.
Van Scott E.J., Yu R.J. Control of keratinization with alphahydroxy acids and related compounds. I. Topical treatment of ichthyotic disorders // Arch. Dermatol. 1974. Vol. 110. P. 586-590.
Fitzpatrick T.B. The validity and practicality of sun-reactive skin types 1 through VI // Arch. Dermatol. 1988. Vol. 124. P. 869-871.
Rubenstein R„ Roenigk H.H. Jr., Stegman S.J., Hanke C.W. Atypical keloids after dermabrasion of patients taking isotretinoin // J. Am. Acad. Dermatol. 1986. Vol. 15. P. 280-285.
Wolfe S.A. Chemical face peeling following therapeutic irradiation // Plast. Reconstr. Surg. 1982. Vol. 69. P. 859-862.
Glogau R.G., Matarasso S.L. Chemical face peeling: patient and peeling agent selection // Facial Plast. Surg. 1995. Vol. 11. P. 1-8.
Clark C.P. 3rd. Office-based skin care and superficial peels: the scientific rationale // Plast. Reconstr. Surg. 1999. Vol. 104. P. 854-864; discussion 865-866.
Bergfeld W, Tung R„ Vidimos A. et al. Improving the cosmetic appearance of photoaged skin with glycolic acid // J. Am. Acad. Dermatol. 1997. Vol. 36. P. 1011-1013.
Garcia A., Fulton J.E. Jr. The combination of glycolic acid and hydroquinone or kojic acid for the treatment of melasma and related conditions // Dermatol. Surg. 1996. Vol. 22. P. 443-447.
Van Scott E.J., Yu R.J. Hyperkeratinization, corneocyte cohesion, and alpha hydroxy acids 11 J. Am. Acad. Dermatol. 1984. Vol. 11. P. 867-879.
Resnik S.S. Chemical peeling with trichloroacetic acid // J. Dermatol. Surg. Oncol. 1984. Vol. 10. P. 549-550.
Stagnone JJ. Chemabrasion, a combined technique of chemical peeling and dermabrasion // J. Dermatol. Surg. Oncol. 1977. Vol. 3.P. 217-219.
Monheit G.D. The Jessner’s + TCA peel: a medium-depth chemical peel // J. Dermatol. Surg. Oncol. 1989. Vol. 15. P. 945-950.
Monheit G.D. Medium-depth chemical peels // Dermatol. Clin. 2001. Vol. 19. P. 413-425, vii.
Brody H.J. Variations and comparisons in medium-depth chemical peeling // J. Dermatol. Surg. Oncol. 1989. Vol. 15. P. 953-963.
Coleman W.P. 3rd, Futrell J.M. The glycolic acid trichloroacetic acid peel 11 J. Dermatol. Surg. Oncol. 1994. Vol. 20. P. 76-80.
Tse Y., Ostad A., Lee H.S. et al. A clinical and histologic evaluation of two medium-depth peels. Glycolic acid versus Jessner’s trichloroacetic acid 11 Dermatol. Surg. 1996. Vol. 22. P. 781-786.
Monheit G.D. Chemical peels // Skin Therapy Lett. 2004. Vol. 9. P. 6-11.
Lawrence N.. Cox S.E., Cockerell C.J. et al. A comparison of the efficacy and safety of Jessner’s solution and 35% trichloroacetic acid vs 5% fluorouracil in the treatment of widespread facial actinic keratoses // Arch. Dermatol. 1995. Vol. 131. P. 176-181.
Witheiler D.D., Lawrence N.. Cox S.E. et al. Long-term efficacy and safety of Jessner’s solution and 35% trichloroacetic acid vs 5% fluorouracil in the treatment of widespread facial actinic keratoses 11 Dermatol. Surg. 1997. Vol. 23. P. 191-196.
Monheit G.D. The Jessner’s-trichloroacetic acid peel. An enhanced medium-depth chemical peel 11 Dermatol. Clin. 1995. Vol. 13. P. 277-283.
Baker T.J., Gordon H.L. Chemical face peeling 11 Surgical Rejuvenation of the Face. St Louis, MO : Mosby, 1986.
Hetter G.P. An examination of the phenol-croton oil peel: part I. Dissecting the formula // Plast. Reconstr. Surg. 2000. Vol. 105. P. 227-239; discussion 249-251.
Beeson W.H., McCollough E.G. Chemical face peeling without taping // J. Dermatol. Surg. Oncol. 1985. Vol. 11. P. 985-990.
Alt Т.Н. Occluded Baker-Gordon chemical peel: review and update // J. Dermatol. Surg. Oncol. 1989. Vol. 15. P. 980-993.
Maloney B.P., McCollough E.G. Deep-depth chemical peeling // Facial Plast. Surg. 1995. Vol. 11. P. 30-38.
Brody H.J. Complications of chemical resurfacing // Dermatol. Clin. 2001. Vol. 19. P. 427-438, vii-viii.
Alster T. Laser scar revision: comparison study of 585-nm pulsed dye laser with and without intralesional corticosteroids // Dermatol. Surg. 2003. Vol. 29. P. 25-29.
Alster T, Zaulyanov L. Laser scar revision: a review // Dermatol. Surg. 2007. Vol. 33. P. 131-140.
Spira M., Gerow FJ., Hardy S.B. Complications of chemical face peeling // Plast. Reconstr. Surg. 1974. Vol. 54. P. 397-403.
Kligman A.M., Willis I. A new formula for depigmenting human skin // Arch. Dermatol. 1975. Vol. 111. P. 40-48.
Truppman E.S., Ellenby J.D. Major electrocardiographic changes during chemical face peeling // Plast. Reconstr. Surg. 1979. Vol. 63. P. 44-48.
Price N.M. EKG changes in relationship to the chemical peel // J. Dermatol. Surg. Oncol. 1990. Vol. 16. P. 37-42.
Gross B.G. Cardiac arrhythmia during phenol face peeling // Plast. Reconstr. Surg. 1984. Vol. 73. P. 590-594.
Harbarth S„ Pittet D., Grady L. et al. Interventional study to evaluate the impact of an alcohol-based hand gel in improving hand hygiene compliance // Pediatr. Infect. Dis. J. 2002. Vol. 21. P. 489-495.
Boyce J.M., Kelliler S., Vallande N. Skin irritation and dryness associated with two hand hygiene regimens 11 Infect. Control Hosp. Epidemiol. 2000. Vol. 21. P. 442-448.
Garidel P„ Foiling B., Schaller 1., Kerth A. The microstructure of the stratum corneum lipid barrier: mid-infrared spectroscopic studies of hydrated ceramide: palmitic acid: cholesterol model systems // Biophys. Chem. 2010. Vol. 150, N 1-3. P. 144-156.
Madaan A. Epiceram for the treatment of atopic dermatitis // Drugs Today (Bare). 2008. Vol. 44, N 10. P. 751-755.
Sugarman J.L., Parish L.C. Efficacy of a lipid-based barrier repair formulation in moderate-to-severe pediatric atopic dermatitis // J. Drugs Dermatol. 2009. Vol. 8,N 12. P. 1106-1111.
Ivanov C„ Michova M., Russeva R., Batashki I. Clinical application of bionect (Hyaluronic acid sodium salt) in wound care by cesarean section and episiotomy // Akush. Ginekol. (Sofiia). 2007. Vol. 46, suppl. 4. P. 20-26.
Eberlein B., Eicke C., Reinhardt H.W., Ring J. Adjuvant treatment of atopic eczema: assessment of an emollient containing N-palmitoylethanolamine (ATOPA Study) // J. Eur. Acad. Dermatol. Venereol. 2008. Vol. 22, N 1. P. 73-82.
Becker L.C., Bergfeld W.F., Belsito D.V. et al. Final report of the safety assessment of allantoin and its related complexes // Int. J. Toxicol. 2010. Vol. 29, suppl. 3. P. 84S-97S.
Morrison D.S. Petrolatum: a useful classic // Cosmet. Toilet. 1996. Vol. 111. P. 59-69.
Ruiz M.A., Hernandez A., Llacer J.M., Gallardo V. Silicone chemistry // Cosmet. Toilet. 1998. Vol. 113. P. 57-62.
Slade H.B., Fowler J., Draelos Z.D. et al. Clinical efficacy evaluation of a novel barrier protection cream // Cutis. 2008. Vol. 82, suppl. 4. P. 21-28.
Slade H.B., Fowler J., Reece B.T., Cargill D.I. Clinical safety evaluation of a novel barrier protection cream // Cutis. 2008. Vol. 82, suppl. 4. P. 16-20.
Coulomb B., Friteau L., Dubertret L. Biafine applied on human epidermal wounds is chemotactic for macrophages and increases the IL-1 /IL-б ratio // Skin Pharmacol. 1997. Vol. 10, N 5-6. P. 281-287.
Cohen J.L., Jorizzo J.L., Kircik L.H. Use of a topical emulsion for wound healing // J. Support Oncol. 2007. Vol. 5, N 10, suppl. 5. P. 1-9.
Barbulova A., Tito A., Carola A. et al. Raspberry stem cell extract to protect skin from inflammatio inf ammation and oxidative stress // Cosmet. Toilet. 2010. Vol. 125, N 7. P. 38-47.
В ходе подготовки статей по подологии для пользователей сайта МедУнивер - отечественная литература не использовалась.
